put back previous versions of help-*.pot files to be in synch with help.pm

5 files changed, 6732 insertions, 1151 deletions

diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot
index db0f0cf4a..716a370d7 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot
@@ -5,6 +5,1088 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
+"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
+"driver."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here. If\n"
+"you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually present\n"
+"on your system, you can click on the button and choose another driver."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
+"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
+"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
+"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
+"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
+"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
+"default during boot. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n"
+"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n"
+"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
+"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
+"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
+"create such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
+"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
+"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
+"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
+"or why it is being installed, then click „%s“. Clicking „%s“ will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically by default\n"
+"during boot. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The „%s“ option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n"
+"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n"
+"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
+"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
+"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
+"create such a floppy."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
+"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
+"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
+"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
+"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
+"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
+"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
+"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n"
+"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
+"choice after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
+"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
+"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
+"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
+"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
+"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
+"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
+"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes all\n"
+"the space available on it, you will have to create free space for Linux. To\n"
+"do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data (see „Erase\n"
+"entire disk“ solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT or NTFS\n"
+"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided\n"
+"you have previously defragmented the Windows partition. Backing up your\n"
+"data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you want\n"
+"to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
+"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on your\n"
+"hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system, choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your choice\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
+"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the „Ihre Partitionen verwalten“ section in the „Starter\n"
+"Handbuch“."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+msgstr ""
+"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
+"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
+"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
+"similar applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
+"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
+"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
+"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
+"``Development'' category installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
+"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
+"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
+"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
+"updating an existing system."
+msgstr ""
+"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
+"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
+"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
+"similar applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
+"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
+"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a „Workstation“\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the „Development“ category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
+"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
+"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: install the minimum number of packages possible to have a working\n"
+"graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary to\n"
+"get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the „%s“ box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you started the installation in „%s“ mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
+"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
+"updating an existing system."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
+"your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
+"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
+"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
+"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
+"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
+"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
+"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
+"your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
+"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
+"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
+"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
+"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
+"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
+"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the „Upgrade“ option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
+"running version „8.1“ or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior to\n"
+"Mandrake Linux version „8.1“ is not recommended."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
+"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
+"\n"
+"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
+"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
+"partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
+"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
+"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
+"it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
+"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
+"\n"
+"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
+"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
+"partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as „/“, „/usr“ or „/var“) but you do not have to reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically „/home“).\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
+"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
+"it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on „%s“ when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on „%s“ if you want to choose another partition for your new Mandrake\n"
+"Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on „%s“ if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for bad\n"
+"blocks on the disk."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check „%s“\n"
+"if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful in\n"
+"getting the display configured."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
+"partitions present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Click on „%s“ if you want to delete all data and partitions present on this\n"
+"hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on „%s“, you will not be able to\n"
+"recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including any\n"
+"Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on „%s“ to stop this operation without losing any data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
+"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
+"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
+"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
+"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
+"install updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
+"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
+"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
+"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
+"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
+"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
+"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check „%s“ if\n"
+"you have a working Internet connection, or „%s“ if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing „%s“ will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
+"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
+"appear: review the selection, and press „%s“ to retrieve and install the\n"
+"selected package(s), or „%s“ to abort."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
+"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n"
+"suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
+"supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
+"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n"
+"suits you or chose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Québec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow\n"
+"you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the „%s“ button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
+"supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
+"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
+"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
+"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
+"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will take you to the next step.\n"
+"\n"
+"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
+"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
+"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
+"\n"
+"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
+"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
+"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n"
+"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n"
+"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the list of\n"
+"supported modems at LinModems.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
+"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
+"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
+msgstr ""
+"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
+"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click „%s“.\n"
+"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n"
+"this detection fails, uncheck the „%s“ box. You may also choose not to\n"
+"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the „%s“\n"
+"button will take you to the next step.\n"
+"\n"
+"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
+"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
+"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
+"\n"
+"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
+"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
+"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n"
+"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n"
+"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the the list of\n"
+"supported modems at LinModems.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can consult the „Starter Handbuch“ chapter about Internet connections\n"
+"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
+"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
+"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
+"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer „%s“,\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
+"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check „%s“\n"
+"if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful in\n"
+"getting the display configured."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
+"similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: clicking on the „%s“ button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the „Starter Handbuch“ for\n"
+"more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented\n"
+"there is similar to the one used during installation."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
+"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n"
+"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
+"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
+"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
+"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
+"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n"
+"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
+"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
+"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
+"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
+"printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
+"Center and clicking the expert button."
+msgstr ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
+"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n"
+"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ -- which is an acronym for „print, don't queue“, is the choice if\n"
+"you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to panic\n"
+"out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. („%s“ will\n"
+"handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used with\n"
+"networks.) It's recommended that you use „pdq“ if this is your first\n"
+"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ - „ Common Unix Printing System“, is an excellent choice for\n"
+"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
+"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
+"„lpd “ printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems which\n"
+"may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup is\n"
+"almost as easy as „pdq“. If you need to emulate a „lpd“ server, make sure\n"
+"you turn on the „cups-lpd “ daemon. „%s“ includes graphical front-ends for\n"
+"printing or choosing printer options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
+"Center and clicking the expert button."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
+"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
+"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
+"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
+"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
+"connect.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
+"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
+"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
+"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you have to enter the „root“ password. „Root“ is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, „root“ can do\n"
+"everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
+"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
+"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since „root“ can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"„root“.\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the „root“ password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
+"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
+"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
+"„incorrect“ password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
+"connect.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
+"server, click the „%s“ button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for „%s“. If you do not know which one\n"
+"to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
+"will never be connected to the internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
+"who uses your computer, you can choose to have „%s“."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
+"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
+"\n"
+"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
+"partition.\n"
+"\n"
+"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
+"select this boot option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
+"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
+"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
+"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
+"The following are some examples:\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"hda=autotune\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
+"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
+"boot situation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
+"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
+"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
+"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
+"You can override the default with this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
+"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
+"native frame buffer support.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
+"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
+"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
+msgstr ""
+"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
+"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
+"\n"
+"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the „root“ partition.\n"
+"\n"
+"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
+"select this boot option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
+"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Root: the „root“ device or „/“ for your Linux installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
+"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
+"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
+"The following are some examples:\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"hda=autotune\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
+"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
+"boot situation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
+"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
+"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Read-write: normally the „root“ partition is initially mounted as\n"
+"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes „live“.\n"
+"You can override the default with this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
+"problematic, you can select this option to boot in „novideo“ mode, with\n"
+"native frame buffer support.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
+"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
+"highlighted with a „*“ if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
+"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
+"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
+"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
+"other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"„%s“, which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the hardware\n"
+"clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine also hosts\n"
+"another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"The „%s“ option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
+"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
+"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
+"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
+"other machines on your local network as well."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
+"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
+"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
+"mouse up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
+"go back to the list of choices.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
+"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
+"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
+"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
+"mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be „pressed“ by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
+"go back to the list of choices.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the „%s“ button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll the\n"
+"mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
+"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
+"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
+"mouse."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the „COM1“ port under Windows\n"
+"is named „ttyS0“ under GNU/Linux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
 "preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
 "to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
@@ -85,6 +1167,171 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
+"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
+"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
+"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
+"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
+"changes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
+"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
+"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
+"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
+"operating systems!"
+msgstr ""
+"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
+"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
+"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
+"options by clicking „%s“ to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
+"clicking „%s“ or „%s“ to modify or remove it. „%s“ validates your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
+"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
+"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
+"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
+"operating systems!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
+"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
+"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
+"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
+"default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
+"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
+"you need it, check this box.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
+"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
+"checking this box.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
+"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
+"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
+"options. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
+"are normally reserved for the expert user."
+msgstr ""
+"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“: if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“: if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“: if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: in most cases, you will not change the default („%s“), but if you\n"
+"prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive („%s“), or\n"
+"even on a floppy disk („%s“);\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay given\n"
+"to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
+"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
+"you need it, check this box.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
+"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
+"checking this box.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
+"„%s“), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
+"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
+"options. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the „%s“ button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
+"are normally reserved for the expert user."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
 "covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
 "terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
@@ -99,6 +1346,17 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
+"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
+"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
 "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
 "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
@@ -160,3 +1418,620 @@ msgstr ""
 "Bei SCSI-Platten steht „a“ für „niedrigste SCSI-ID“, „b“ für\n"
 "„zweitniedrigste SCSI-ID“, etc."
 
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: check the current country selection. If you are not in this country,\n"
+"click on the „%s“ button and choose another one. If your country is not in\n"
+"the first list shown, click the „%s“ button to get the complete country\n"
+"list."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
+"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
+"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
+"the installation you just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
+"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\")"
+msgstr ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to use. Just click „%s“ to reboot the system. Don't forget to remove\n"
+"the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you should see\n"
+"after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the bootloader\n"
+"menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The „%s“ button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
+"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
+"the installation you just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“. This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“. Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
+"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To\n"
+"use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start\n"
+"the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type »linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" «.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"„mformat a:“)"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
+"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
+"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
+"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
+"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
+"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n"
+"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
+"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
+"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
+"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
+"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
+"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"The „%s“ field can inform the system of the user on this computer that will\n"
+"be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
+"address."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
+"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
+"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
+"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
+"!!"
+msgstr ""
+"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
+"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
+"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
+"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
+"!!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
+"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
+"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
+"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
+"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
+"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
+"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
+"chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
+"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
+"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
+"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
+"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
+"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
+"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the „%s“ button will allow you to select other languages to be\n"
+"installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
+"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
+"language in the tree view and „%s“ in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
+"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thaï, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
+"selecting option „%s“ independently of which language(s) have been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the „%s“\n"
+"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
+"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
+"launch the „/usr/sbin/localedrake“ command as „root“ to change the language\n"
+"used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
+"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
+"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
+"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
+"parameters.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
+"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
+"to hold this information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
+"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
+"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
+"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
+"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
+"at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
+"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
+"Firmware Delay expires."
+msgstr ""
+"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
+"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
+"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
+"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
+"parameters.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
+"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
+"to hold this information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
+"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
+"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
+"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
+"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose „C“ for CD at\n"
+"the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose „N“ for Open\n"
+"Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
+"Firmware Delay expires."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
+"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
+"what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
+"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
+"one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
+"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
+"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
+"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
+"what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
+"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
+"one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
+"bootloader. Generally, the „%s“ is the safest place. Choosing „%s“ won't\n"
+"install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on „hda“ for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"„hdb“ for the second, „sda“ for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"„%s“: gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your hard\n"
+"drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will save\n"
+"your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the „Referenz“.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"„bootstrap“ partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
+"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
+"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
+"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
+"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
+"change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
+"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
+"another driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
+"configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
+"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
+"card.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
+"now.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
+"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
+"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
+"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
+"Click on the corresponding „%s“ button to change that.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the „%s“ button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the „%s“ button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country you\n"
+"have chosen. You can click on the „%s“ button here if this is not correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
+"change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: clicking on the „%s“ button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the „Starter Handbuch“ for\n"
+"more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented\n"
+"there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
+"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
+"driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in „800x600“\n"
+"or „1024x768“ resolution. If that does not suit you, click on „%s“ to\n"
+"reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here. If\n"
+"you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on „%s“ to try to\n"
+"configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
+"here. You can click on „%s“ to change the parameters associated with the\n"
+"card.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
+"now.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the „Starter Handbuch“ for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run on\n"
+"your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good idea\n"
+"to review this setup."
+
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot
index 5bc8dadc7..08fe2c177 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot
@@ -486,6 +486,25 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
+"partitions present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
+"partitions present on this hard drive."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
 "packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
 "fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
@@ -1195,6 +1214,69 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
 "boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1313,6 +1395,17 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
+"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
+"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
 "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
 "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot
index 618737854..7b7474dbe 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot
@@ -5,92 +5,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
-"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
-"driver."
-msgstr ""
-"« %s » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous\n"
-"remarquez que la carte configurée n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n"
-"effectivement sur votre système, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en\n"
-"choisir une autre."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
-"\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
-"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
-"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
-"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
-"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
-"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
-"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n"
-"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n"
-"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
-"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
-"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
-msgstr ""
-"Enfin, si vous avez choisi de sélectionner individuellement les paquetages\n"
-"à installer, DrakX vous présentera un arbre contenant tous les paquetages,\n"
-"classés par groupes et sous-groupes. En naviguant à travers l'arbre, vous\n"
-"pouvez sélectionner des groupes, des sous-groupes ou des paquetages\n"
-"individuels.\n"
-"\n"
-"Dès que vous sélectionnez un paquetage dans l'arbre, une description\n"
-"apparaît à droite. Une fois votre sélection terminée, cliquez sur « %s »\n"
-"pour lancer le processus. Soyez patient, car en fonction du type\n"
-"d'installation choisi ou du nombre de paquetages sélectionnés, le temps\n"
-"requis peut être substantiellement différent. Une estimation du temps\n"
-"requis est présentée sur l'écran en cours d'opération afin de vous\n"
-"permettre d'évaluer de combien de temps vous disposez pour prendre votre\n"
-"déjeuner.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Si un logiciel serveur a été sélectionné, vous devrez confirmer que vous\n"
-"voulez vraiment que celui-ci soit installé. Sous Mandrake, par défaut, tous\n"
-"les serveurs installés sont lancés au démarrage. Malgré tous les efforts\n"
-"investis pour vous livrer une distribution Linux sécurisée, il est possible\n"
-"que certaines failles de sécurité affectent les serveurs installés au-delà\n"
-"de la date de publication. Si vous ne savez pas précisément à quoi sert un\n"
-"serveur en particulier ou pourquoi il est installé, cliquez sur « %s ». En\n"
-"cliquant sur « %s », le serveur sera installé et le service rendu\n"
-"disponible au démarrage. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"L'option « %s » désactive les avertissements qui apparaissent à chaque fois\n"
-"que l'installeur sélectionne un nouveau paquetage. Ces avertissements\n"
-"surviennent parce que DrakX a déterminé que pour qu'un paquetage soit\n"
-"fonctionnel, il lui en faut un autre dont il est dépendant.\n"
-"\n"
-"La petite icône de disquette qui apparaît au bas de la liste permet de\n"
-"récupérer une liste de paquetages sélectionnés durant une autre\n"
-"installation. En cliquant dessus, on vous demandera d'insérer la disquette\n"
-"créée lors d'une installation précédente. Voir la deuxième note de la\n"
-"dernière étape afin de savoir comment créer une telle disquette."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
 "Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
 "if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
@@ -118,13 +32,13 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
 "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
-"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
-"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
-"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
-"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
-"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
-"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
-"the same computer.\n"
+"Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n"
+"(see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n"
+"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided\n"
+"you have previously defragmented the Windows partition and that it uses the\n"
+"FAT format. Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this\n"
+"option is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft\n"
+"Windows on the same computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
 "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
@@ -148,13 +62,14 @@ msgid ""
 "easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
 "recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
 "experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
-"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide''."
 msgstr ""
 "Cette étape vous permet de déterminer précisément l'emplacement de votre\n"
 "installation de Mandrake Linux. Si votre disque est vide ou utilisé par un\n"
 "autre système d'exploitation, vous devrez repartitionner votre disque.\n"
-"Partitionner un disque désigne l'opération consistant à le diviser\n"
-"précisément afin de créer un espace pour votre installation.\n"
+"Partitionner un disque signifie de le diviser précisément afin de créer un\n"
+"espace pour votre installation.\n"
 "\n"
 "Comme les effets du partitionnement sont irréversibles (l'ensemble du\n"
 "disque est effacé), le partitionnement est généralement intimidant et\n"
@@ -168,21 +83,21 @@ msgstr ""
 " * « %s » : cette option tentera simplement de partitionner automatiquement\n"
 "l'espace inutilisé sur votre disque. Il n'y aura pas d'autre question.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s » : l' assistant a détecté une ou plusieurs partitions existant sur\n"
-"votre disque. Si vous voulez les utiliser, choisissez cette option. Il vous\n"
-"sera alors demandé de choisir les points de montage associés à chacune des\n"
-"partitions. Les anciens points de montage sont sélectionnés par défaut, et\n"
-"vous devriez généralement les garder.\n"
+" * « %s » : l' assistant a détecté une ou plusieurs partitions existants\n"
+"sur votre disque. Si vous voulez les utiliser, choisissez cette option. Il\n"
+"vous sera alors demandé de choisir les points de montage associés à chacune\n"
+"des partitions. Les anciens points de montage sont sélectionnés par défaut,\n"
+"et vous devriez généralement les garder.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : si Microsoft Windows est installé sur votre disque et en prend\n"
-"toute la place vous devez faire de la place pour votre installation\n"
-"GNU/Linux. Pour ce faire, vous pouvez tout effacer (voir « effacer tout le\n"
-"disque ») ou vous pouvez redimensionner la partition Windows FAT ou NTFS.\n"
-"Le redimensionnement peut être effectué sans pertes de données, à condition\n"
-"que vous ayez préalablement défragmenté la partition Windows. Une\n"
-"sauvegarde de vos données ne fera pas de mal non plus. Cette solution est\n"
-"recommandée pour faire cohabiter Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows sur\n"
-"le même ordinateur.\n"
+"toute la place vous devez faire de la place pour votre installation Linux.\n"
+"Pour ce faire, vous pouvez tout effacer (voir « effacer tout le disque »)\n"
+"ou vous pouvez redimensionner la partition FAT Windows. Le\n"
+"redimensionnement peut être effectué sans pertes de données, à condition\n"
+"que vous ayez préalablement défragmenté la partition Windows, et qu'elle\n"
+"utilise le format FAT. Une sauvegarde de vos données ne fera pas de mal non\n"
+"plus. Cette solution est recommandée pour faire cohabiter Linux et Windows\n"
+"sur le même ordinateur.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Avant de choisir cette option, il faut comprendre qu'après cette\n"
 "procédure l'espace disponible pour Windows sera réduit. Vous aurez moins\n"
@@ -215,153 +130,167 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
-"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
-"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
-"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
-"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
-"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
-"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
-"issues.\n"
+"Resolution\n"
 "\n"
-"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
-"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
-"configure the driver."
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor."
 msgstr ""
-"DrakX détecte maintenant tous les périphériques IDE présents sur votre\n"
-"système. DrakX recherchera aussi les périphériques SCSI. Enfin, selon les\n"
-"composantes détectées, DrakX installera tous les pilotes nécessaires à son\n"
-"fonctionnement.\n"
-"\n"
-"Compte tenu de la vaste gamme de périphériques disponibles sur le marché,\n"
-"dans certains cas la détection de matériel ne fonctionnera pas. Si c'est le\n"
-"cas, vous devrez alors configurer votre matériel à la main.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vous devez configurer votre carte SCSI manuellement, DrakX vous\n"
-"demandera si vous souhaitez spécifier à la main les options du\n"
-"périphérique. Laissez en fait DrakX chercher automatiquement les options\n"
-"nécessaires à la configuration de votre carte, cela fonctionne\n"
-"généralement.\n"
+"Résolution\n"
 "\n"
-"Il peut arriver que DrakX soit incapable de vérifier les options\n"
-"nécessaires. Dans ce cas, vous devrez les déterminer manuellement."
+"   Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleur parmi celles\n"
+"disponibles pour votre matériel. Choisissez la configuration optimale pour\n"
+"votre utilisation (vous pourrez néanmoins modifier cela après\n"
+"l'installation). Un échantillon de la configuration choisie apparaît dans\n"
+"le moniteur stylisé."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
+"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
+"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n"
+"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n"
+"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n"
+"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n"
+"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n"
+"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n"
+"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n"
+"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n"
+"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n"
+"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n"
 "\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
-"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
-"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' category installed.\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n"
+"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n"
+"ones at risk.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
-"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n"
+"you have finished adding users.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
-"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
-"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user\n"
+"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n"
+"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux est un système multiutilisateurs, ce qui signifie généralement\n"
+"que chaque utilisateur peut avoir des préférences différentes, ses propres\n"
+"fichiers, etc. Pour plus d'informations, consultez le « Guide de\n"
+"démarrage ». Contrairement à « root » qui a tous les droits, les\n"
+"utilisateurs que vous ajouterez ici n'auront que des permissions pour agir\n"
+"sur leurs propres fichiers exclusivement. L'utilisateur/ administrateur\n"
+"devrait également se créer un compte « normal ». C'est à travers cet\n"
+"utilisateur que celui-ci devrait se connecter pour accomplir ses tâches\n"
+"quotidiennes. Car, bien qu'il soit pratique d'avoir tous les accès, cette\n"
+"situation peut également engendrer des situations désastreuses si un\n"
+"fichier est détruit par inadvertance. Un utilisateur normal n'ayant pas\n"
+"accès aux fichiers sensibles, ne peut causer de dommages majeurs.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
-"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
-"interface available.\n"
+"Il faut d'abord entrer le vrai nom de la personne. Évidemment, vous pouvez\n"
+"y inscrire n'importe quoi. DrakX prendra le premier mot inséré et le\n"
+"transposera comme « %s ». C'est le nom qui sera utilisé pour se connecter\n"
+"au système. Vous pouvez le modifier. Il faut maintenant entrer un mot de\n"
+"passe. Celui-ci n'est pas aussi crucial que le mot de passe de « root »,\n"
+"mais ce n'est pas une raison pour rentrer 123456. Après tout, ceci mettrait\n"
+"vos fichiers en péril.\n"
 "\n"
-"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"Après avoir cliqué sur « %s », il vous sera possible d'ajouter d'autres\n"
+"utilisateurs. Créez un utilisateur différent pour chaque personne devant\n"
+"utiliser votre ordinateur. Une fois chaque utilisateur défini, cliquez sur\n"
+"« %s ».\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
-"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"En cliquant sur « %s », vous pourrez sélectionner un « shell » différent\n"
+"pour cet utilisateur (bash est assigné par défaut).\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
-"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"Lorsque vous avez fini d'installer tous les utilisateurs, il vous est\n"
+"proposé de choisir un utilisateur qui sera automatiquement connecté lors du\n"
+"démarrage de l'ordinateur. Si cela vous intéresse (et que la sécurité\n"
+"locale n'est pas trop un problème), choisissez l'utilisateur et le\n"
+"gestionnaire de fenêtres, puis cliquez sur « %s ». Si cela ne vous\n"
+"intéresse pas, décochez la case « %s »."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
+"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
+"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
+"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
+"parameters.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
-"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
-"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
-"megabytes.\n"
+"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
 "\n"
-"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
-"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
-"be installed.\n"
+" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
 "\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
-"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
-msgstr ""
-"C'est maintenant le moment de choisir les paquetages qui seront installés\n"
-"sur votre système. Sachez que Mandrake Linux contient plusieurs milliers de\n"
-"paquetages à installer, et qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de tous les connaître\n"
-"par coeur.\n"
+" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
+"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
+"to hold this information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
+"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
+"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
 "\n"
-"Les paquetages sont regroupés en groupes chacun correspondant à une usage\n"
-"particulier de l'ordinateur. Mandrake Linux range ces groupes en quatre\n"
-"catégories. Vous pouvez mélanger des groupes de plusieurs catégories de\n"
-"sorte qu'une station de travail peut toujours proposer des applications\n"
-"pour le « %s ».\n"
+" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
+"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
+"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s » : si vous comptez utiliser votre machine ainsi, sélectionner un\n"
-"ou plusieurs groupes y correspondant.\n"
+" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
+"at the first boot prompt.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s » : si votre système doit être utilisé pour la programmation,\n"
-"choisissez les groupes désirés.\n"
+" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
+"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s » : enfin, si votre système doit fonctionner en tant que serveur,\n"
-"vous pourrez sélectionner les services que vous voulez installer.\n"
+" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
+"Firmware Delay expires."
+msgstr ""
+"Yaboot est un chargeur de démarrage pour les équipements NewWorld\n"
+"MacIntosh. Il est capable de démarrer soit GNU/Linux, MacOS ou MacOSX,\n"
+"s'ils sont présents sur votre ordinateur bien entendu. Normalement, ces\n"
+"systèmes d'exploitation sont correctement détectés et installés. Si ce\n"
+"n'est pas le cas, vous pouvez maintenant ajouter une entrée à la main.\n"
+"Soyez prudent et choisissez les bons paramètres.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s » : ce groupe vous permettra de déterminer quel environnement\n"
-"graphique vous voulez avoir sur votre système. Évidemment, il vous en faut\n"
-"au moins un pour utiliser votre station en mode graphique.\n"
+"Les options principales de Yaboot sont :\n"
 "\n"
-"En plaçant votre souris au dessus d'un nom de groupe, vous verrez\n"
-"apparaître une courte description de ce groupe. Si vous désélectionnez tous\n"
-"les groupes lors d'une installation standard (par opposition à une mise à\n"
-"jour), un dialogue apparaîtra proposant différentes options pour une\n"
-"installation minimale :\n"
+" * Message Init : un message texte apparaît l'invite de démarrage ;\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s » : installe le moins de paquetages possible pour avoir un\n"
-"environnement de travail graphique ;\n"
+" * Périphérique de démarrage (« Boot ») : indique où vous voulez placer\n"
+"l'information nécessaire pour démarrer GNU/Linux. Généralement, il est\n"
+"préférable de créer une partition bootstrap avant l'installation pour\n"
+"contenir cette information ;\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s » : installe le système de base plus certains utilitaires de base\n"
-"et leur documentation. Cette installation est utilisable comme base pour\n"
-"monter un serveur ;\n"
+" * Délai Open Firmware : contrairement à LILO, deux délais sont disponibles\n"
+"pour yaboot. Le premier se mesure en secondes et à cette étape, vous pouvez\n"
+"choisir entre le CD, l'amorçage OF (Open Firmware), MacOS ou Linux ;\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s » : installera le strict minimum nécessaire pour obtenir un système\n"
-"GNU/Linux fonctionnel, en ligne de commande. Cette installation prend à peu\n"
-"près 65 Mo.\n"
+" * Expiration du démarrage du noyau (« Kernel Boot Timeout » : cette\n"
+"expiration de temps est similaire au délai de démarrage de LILO. Après\n"
+"avoir choisi Linux, il y aura un délai de 0,1 secondes avant que le noyau\n"
+"par défaut soit choisi ;\n"
 "\n"
-"Vous pouvez enfin cocher l'option « %s ». Cette option est à utiliser si\n"
-"vous connaissez exactement le paquetage désiré ou si vous voulez avoir le\n"
-"contrôle total de votre installation.\n"
+" * Activer le démarrage via un CD ? : en cochant cette option, vous pourrez\n"
+"choisir l'option « C » pour démarrer avec un CD lors de la première invite\n"
+"de démarrage ;\n"
 "\n"
-"Si vous avez démarré l'installation en mode « %s », vous pouvez\n"
-"« désélectionner » tous les groupes afin d'éviter l'installation de\n"
-"nouveaux programmes. Cette option est très utile pour restaurer un système\n"
-"défectueux."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
-"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
-"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
-msgstr ""
-"Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mandrake Linux sont distribués\n"
-"sur plusieurs CD-ROM. Si un paquetage requis se trouve sur un autre CD-ROM,\n"
-"DrakX éjectera celui présent dans le lecteur et vous demandera d'insérer le\n"
-"CD-ROM approprié."
+" * Activer le démarrage OF ? : en choisissant cette option, vous pourrez\n"
+"sélectionner la touche « N » pour activer Open Firmware lors de la première\n"
+"invite de démarrage ;\n"
+"\n"
+" * OS par défaut : vous pouvez choisir le système d'exploitation qui\n"
+"démarrera par défaut lorsque le délai de temps attribué à Open Firmware\n"
+"expire."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -390,7 +319,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "votre disque dur.\n"
 "\n"
 "DrakX doit maintenant savoir quel type d'installation vous désirez\n"
-"réaliser. Deux types d'installation sont proposés : Par défaut (« %s »),\n"
+"réaliser. Deux types d'installations sont proposés : Par défaut (« %s »),\n"
 "qui limite le nombre de questions à l'utilisateur au minimum ou « %s » qui\n"
 "vous permet de sélectionner individuellement chacune des composantes à\n"
 "installer. Il vous est également proposé de faire une « %s » ou une « %s »\n"
@@ -403,100 +332,15 @@ msgstr ""
 " * « %s » : cette classe d'installation permet de mettre à jour seulement\n"
 "les paquetages qui composent votre système Mandrake Linux. Elle conserve\n"
 "les partitions existantes, ainsi que la configuration des utilisateurs. La\n"
-"plupart des autres étapes d'une installation classique sont accessibles.\n"
+"plupart des autres étapes d'une installation classique sont accessibles ;\n"
 "\n"
-"La mise à jour devrait fonctionner correctement pour les systèmes Mandrake\n"
+"La mise à jour devrait fonctionner correctement pour les système Mandrake\n"
 "Linux à partir de la version « 8.1 ». Essayer de lancer une mise à jour sur\n"
 "les versions antérieures à « 8.1 » n'est pas recommandé."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
-"\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
-"\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
-"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
-"bad blocks on the disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Les partitions ayant été nouvellement définies doivent être formatées (ce\n"
-"qui implique la création d'un système de fichiers).\n"
-"\n"
-"Lors de cette étape, vous pouvez reformater des partitions existantes pour\n"
-"effacer les données présentes. Vous devrez alors également les\n"
-"sélectionner.\n"
-"\n"
-"Sachez qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de reformater toutes les partitions\n"
-"existantes. Vous devez formater les partitions contenant le système\n"
-"d'exploitation (comme « / », « /usr » ou « /var », mais il n'est pas\n"
-"nécessaire de formater les partitions de données, notamment « /home »...\n"
-"\n"
-"Soyez prudent. Une fois que les partitions sélectionnées seront\n"
-"reformatées, il sera impossible de récupérer des données.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliquez sur « %s » lorsque vous êtes prêt à formater les partitions.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliquez sur « %s » pour ajouter ou enlever une partition à formater.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliquer sur « %s » si vous désirez sélectionner des partitions pour une\n"
-"vérification des secteurs défectueux (« Bad Blocks »)."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Options\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Options\n"
-"\n"
-"   Vous pourrez également choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n"
-"lancement de la machine. Il est préférable de choisir « %s » si vous êtes\n"
-"en train d'installer un serveur, ou si vous n'avez pas réussi à configurer\n"
-"l'écran correctement."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
-"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
-"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
-"any Windows data.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
-"partitions present on this hard drive."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur « %s » si vous voulez vraiment effacer toute l'information et\n"
-"les partitions. Soyez prudent, après avoir cliqué sur « %s », vous ne\n"
-"pourrez plus récupérer les données ou les partitions, y compris les données\n"
-"Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliquez « %s » pour annuler cette opération sans perdre de données."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
 "packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
 "fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
@@ -505,9 +349,9 @@ msgid ""
 "install updated packages later.\n"
 "\n"
 "Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
-"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+"retrieved. You should choose one nearer to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
 msgstr ""
 "Au moment où vous êtes en train d'installer Mandrake Linux, il est possible\n"
 "que certains paquetages aient été mis à jour depuis la sortie du produit.\n"
@@ -520,99 +364,128 @@ msgstr ""
 "En choisissant « %s », la liste des sites depuis lesquels les mises à jour\n"
 "peuvent être téléchargées est affichée. Choisissez le site le plus proche.\n"
 "Puis un arbre de choix des paquetages apparaît : vérifiez la sélection,\n"
-"puis cliquez sur « %s » pour télécharger et installer les mises à jour\n"
+"puis cliquez sur « %s » pour télé-charger et installer les mises à jour\n"
 "sélectionnées, ou « %s » pour abandonner."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
-"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n"
-"suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
 "\n"
-"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
-"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
-"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
-"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
-"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
-"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
 "\n"
-"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
-"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
+"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
+"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
+"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
+"default.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
+"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
+"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
+"options. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
+"are normally reserved for the expert user."
 msgstr ""
-"Selon la langue principale que vous avez choisie à l'étape , DrakX\n"
-"sélectionne le clavier approprié. Vérifiez que cela correspond\n"
-"effectivement à votre configuration de clavier ou choisissez une autre\n"
-"configuration dans la liste.\n"
+"Ce dialogue permet de contrôler finement le chargeur de démarrage :\n"
 "\n"
-"Cela dit, il est possible que vous ayez un clavier ne correspondant pas\n"
-"exactement à votre langue d'utilisation. Par exemple, si vous habitez le\n"
-"Québec et parlez le français et l'anglais, vous pouvez vouloir avoir votre\n"
-"clavier anglais pour les tâches d'administration système et votre clavier\n"
-"français pour écrire de la poésie. Dans ces cas, cette étape vous permet de\n"
-"sélectionner un autre clavier à partir de la liste.\n"
+" * « %s » vous propose trois choix :\n"
 "\n"
-"Cliquez sur « %s » pour voir toutes les options proposées.\n"
+"    * « %s » : si vous préférez GRUB (menu texte).\n"
 "\n"
-"Si vous choisissez un clavier basé sur un alphabet non-latin, on vous\n"
-"demandera au prochain écran de choisir la combinaison de touches permettant\n"
-"d'alterner entre ceux-ci."
+"    * « %s » : si vous préférez la version texte de LILO.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * « %s » : si vous préférez l'interface graphique.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s »: dans la plupart des cas, vous n'aurez pas à changer le disque\n"
+"par défaut (« %s », mais si vous le désirez, le programme d'amorce peut\n"
+"être installé sur un second disque, « %s », ou même sur une disquette,\n"
+"« %s ».\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s »: au redémarrage de l'ordinateur, il s'agit du temps accordé à\n"
+"l'utilisateur pour démarrer un autre système d'exploitation.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Prenez garde, si vous décidez de ne pas installer de programme d'amorce\n"
+"(en cliquant sur « %s »), vous devez vous assurer d'avoir une méthode pour\n"
+"démarrer le système. Aussi, assurez-vous de bien savoir ce que vous faites\n"
+"si vous modifiez les options. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"En cliquant sur « %s », vous aurez accès à plusieurs autres options de\n"
+"configuration. Sachez que celles-ci sont réservées aux experts en la\n"
+"matière."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
-"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
-"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
-"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
-"button will take you to the next step.\n"
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
 "\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
-"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
 "\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
 "\n"
-"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n"
-"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n"
-"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the list of\n"
-"supported modems at LinModems.\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
 "\n"
-"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
-"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
-"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous désirez connecter votre système à un réseau ou à Internet, cliquez\n"
-"sur « %s ». L'auto-détection des périphériques réseau et modem sera alors\n"
-"lancée. Si cette détection échoue, décochez la case « %s ». Vous pouvez\n"
-"aussi choisir de ne pas configurer le réseau, ou de le faire plus tard.\n"
-"Dans ce cas, cliquez simplement sur « %s ».\n"
+"Plus d'une partition Windows ont été détectées sur votre disque dur. SVP,\n"
+"veuillez choisir celle que vous choisissez pour votre nouvelle installation\n"
+"de Mandrake Linux.\n"
 "\n"
-"Les types de connexion supportées sont : modem téléphonique, Winmodem,\n"
-"modem ISDN, connexion ADSL, modem câble ou simplement LAN (réseau\n"
-"Ethernet).\n"
+"Chaque partition est identifiée comme suit: \"Nom linux\", \"Nom Windows\",\n"
+"\"Capacité\".\n"
 "\n"
-"Nous ne détaillerons pas ici chacune des configurations possibles.\n"
-"Assurez-vous seulement que vous avez toutes les informations de votre\n"
-"fournisseur de service Internet à portée de main.\n"
+"Le \"Nom\" est structuré ainsi : \"type de disque dur\", \"numéro du disque\n"
+"dur\", \"numéro de partition\". Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n"
 "\n"
-"Les Winmodems sont des modems de bas de gamme généralement intégrés à la\n"
-"carte mère de l'ordinateur qui ont besoin d'un logiciel additionnel pour\n"
-"fonctionner par rapport aux modems standards. Certains de ces modems\n"
-"fonctionnent avec Mandrake Linux, d'autres non. Vous pouvez consulter la\n"
-"liste des modems pris en charge chez LinModems.\n"
+"Le \"Type de disque dur\" correspond à hd si votre disque est IDE. Pour un\n"
+"disque SCSI, vous lirez \"sd\".\n"
 "\n"
-"Vous pouvez consulter le chapitre du « Guide de démarrage » concernant les\n"
-"connexions à Internet pour plus de détails à propos des configurations\n"
-"spécifiques de chaque type de connexion. Vous pouvez également configurer\n"
-"votre connexion à Internet une fois l'installation terminée."
+"Le numéro du disque est toujours listé après le \"hd\" ou \"fd\". Pour les\n"
+"disques IDE :\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" signifie \"disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" signifie \"disque primaire esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n"
+"IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" indique \"disque primaire maître sur le second contrôleur IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" signifie \"disque primaire esclave sur le second contrôleur IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Avec les disques SCSI, le \"a\" indique le plus petit SCSI ID, et ainsi de\n"
+"suite.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" c'est la lettre assignée à votre disque, (le premier\n"
+"disque ou partition \"C:\")"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -637,7 +510,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
 "   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n"
 "this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -647,18 +520,16 @@ msgid ""
 "   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
 "hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
 "change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Test\n"
 "\n"
-"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
-"\n"
 "   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
 "resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
 "then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
-"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n"
 "the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
 "menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -675,16 +546,16 @@ msgstr ""
 "GNU/Linux. Tous les environnements graphiques (KDE, GNOME, WindowMaker\n"
 "etc.) présents sur Mandrake Linux dépendent de X.\n"
 "\n"
-"Il vous sera présenté une liste de divers paramètres à changer pour obtenir\n"
+"Il vous sera présenté la liste de divers paramètres à changer pour obtenir\n"
 "un affichage optimal : Carte graphique\n"
 "\n"
 "   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n"
 "cartes graphiques présentes sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
 "pouvez choisir dans cette liste la carte que vous utilisez effectivement.\n"
 "\n"
-"   Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre\n"
-"carte, avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir\n"
-"le serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux.\n"
+"   Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponible pour votre carte,\n"
+"avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir le\n"
+"serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -699,30 +570,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "Résolution\n"
 "\n"
-"   Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleurs parmi celles\n"
+"   Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleur parmi celles\n"
 "disponibles pour votre matériel. Choisissez la configuration optimale pour\n"
 "votre utilisation (vous pourrez néanmoins modifier cela après\n"
 "l'installation). Un échantillon de la configuration choisie apparaît dans\n"
-"le dessin du moniteur.\n"
+"le moniteur stylisé.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Test\n"
 "\n"
-"   Selon votre matériel cette option peut ne pas apparaître.\n"
-"\n"
 "   le système va ici essayer d'ouvrir un écran graphique à la résolution\n"
 "choisie. Si vous pouvez voir le message pendant le test, et répondez\n"
 "« %s », alors DrakX passera à l'étape suivante. Si vous ne pouvez pas voir\n"
 "de message, cela signifie que vos paramètres sont incompatibles, et le test\n"
-"se terminera automatiquement après 12 secondes. Changez la configuration\n"
+"terminera automatiquement après 12 secondes. Changez la configuration\n"
 "jusqu'à obtenir un affichage correct lors du test.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Options\n"
 "\n"
-"   Vous pourrez également choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n"
+"   Vous pourrez finalement choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n"
 "lancement de la machine. Il est préférable de choisir « %s » si vous êtes\n"
 "en train d'installer un serveur, ou si vous n'avez pas réussi à configurer\n"
 "l'écran correctement."
@@ -730,37 +599,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Resolution\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
-msgstr ""
-"Résolution\n"
-"\n"
-"   Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleurs parmi celles\n"
-"disponibles pour votre matériel. Choisissez la configuration optimale pour\n"
-"votre utilisation (vous pourrez néanmoins modifier cela après\n"
-"l'installation). Un échantillon de la configuration choisie apparaît dans\n"
-"le dessin du moniteur."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
-"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
-"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
-"similar to the one used during installation."
-msgstr ""
-"« %s » : en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression sera\n"
-"démarré. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du « Guide de démarrage » pour\n"
-"plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est documentée est similaire à\n"
-"celle rencontrée lors de l'installation."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
 "offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n"
 "is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
@@ -787,25 +625,25 @@ msgid ""
 "Center and clicking the expert button."
 msgstr ""
 "Il faut choisir ici un système d'impression pour votre ordinateur. D'autres\n"
-"OSs en offrent un, Mandrake Linux en propose deux.\n"
+"OSs offrent un, Mandrake Linux en propose deux.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » - qui veut dire « print, don't queue », (ou, impression sans\n"
 "passer par la file d'attente) est un bon choix si votre imprimante est\n"
 "branchée directement sur votre poste et que vous voulez pouvoir arrêter\n"
 "l'impression directement en cas de problème et que vous n'avez pas\n"
 "d'imprimantes réseau. Il prendra en charge de simples cas en réseau, mais\n"
-"les performances sont plutôt mauvaises dans ces cas. Choisissez\n"
-"drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml pdq si vous débutez sous Linux. Vous pourrez\n"
-"toujours changer de système plus tard avec PrinterDrake à partir du Centre\n"
-"de contrôle Mandrake en cliquant sur « %s ».\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » - « Common Unix Printing System », est fabuleux autant pour une\n"
-"imprimante locale que pour imprimer à l'autre bout du monde. C'est simple\n"
-"et il peut agir comme un serveur ou un client avec l'ancien système\n"
-"d'impression « lpd ». Il s'agit d'un outil très puissant, mais les\n"
-"configurations de bases sont aussi simples que pdq. Pour émuler un serveur\n"
-"lpq, lancez le démon (« daemon ») cups-lpq. Enfin, cups offre une interface\n"
-"simple pour imprimer et choisir les imprimantes.\n"
+"les performances sont plutôt mauvaises dans ces cas. Choisissez pdq si vous\n"
+"êtes à une première expérience avec Linux. Vous pourrez toujours changer de\n"
+"système plus tard avec PrinterDrake à partir du Centre de contrôle Mandrake\n"
+"en cliquant sur « %s ».\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » - « Common Unix Printing System », est fabuleux tant pour\n"
+"imprimante local que pour imprimer à l'autre bout du monde. C'est simple et\n"
+"il peu agir comme serveur ou un client avec l'ancien système d'impression\n"
+"« lpd ». Il s'agit d'un outil très puissant, mais les configurations de\n"
+"bases sont aussi simple que pdq. Pour émuler un serveur lpq, partez le\n"
+"démon (« daemon ») cups-lpq. Finalement, cups offre une interface simple\n"
+"pour imprimer et choisir les imprimantes.\n"
 "\n"
 "Vous pourrez changer ultérieurement de système d'impression en lançant\n"
 "PrinterDrake depuis le Centre de contrôle Mandrake."
@@ -813,12 +651,123 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
+"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
+"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
+"similar applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
+"machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n"
+"can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n"
+"You can mix and match applications from the various groups, so a\n"
+"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
+"``Development'' group installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the applications that are in the workstation group.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose the\n"
+"appropriate packages from that group.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
+"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
+"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
+"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
+"updating an existing system."
+msgstr ""
+"C'est maintenant le moment de choisir les paquetages qui seront installés\n"
+"sur votre système. Sachez que Mandrake Linux contient plusieurs milliers de\n"
+"paquetages à installer, et qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de tous les connaître\n"
+"par coeur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Les paquetages sont regroupés selon la nature de l'installation. Les\n"
+"groupes sont divisés en quatre sections principales :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s »: si vous comptez utiliser votre machine ainsi, sélectionner un ou\n"
+"plusieurs groupes y correspondant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s »: si votre système doit être utilisé pour la programmation,\n"
+"choisissez les groupes désirés.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s »: finalement, si votre système doit agir en tant que serveur, vous\n"
+"pourrez sélectionner les services que vous voulez installer.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s »: ce groupe vous permettra de déterminer quel environnement\n"
+"graphique vous voulez avoir sur votre système. Évidemment, il vous en faut\n"
+"au moins un pour utiliser votre station en mode graphique.\n"
+"\n"
+"En plaçant votre souris au dessus d'un nom de groupe, vous verrez\n"
+"apparaître une courte description de ce groupe. Si vous dé-sélectionnez\n"
+"tous les groupes lors d'une installation standard (par opposition à une\n"
+"mise à jour), un dialogue apparaîtra proposant différentes options pour une\n"
+"installation minimale :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : installe le moins de paquetages possible pour avoir un\n"
+"environnement de travail graphique ;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : installe le système de base plus certains utilitaires de base\n"
+"et leur documentation. Cette installation est utilisable comme base pour\n"
+"monter un serveur ;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : installera le strict minimum nécessaire pour obtenir un système\n"
+"GNU/Linux fonctionnel, en ligne de commande. Cette installation prends à\n"
+"peu près 65 MO.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vous pouvez finalement cocher l'option « %s ». Cette option est à utiliser\n"
+"si vous connaissez exactement le paquetage désiré ou si vous voulez avoir\n"
+"le contrôle total de votre installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous avez démarré l'installation en mode « %s », vous pouvez\n"
+"« dé-sélectionner » tous les groupes afin d'éviter l'installation de\n"
+"nouveaux programmes. Cette option est très utile pour restaurer un système\n"
+"défectueux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n"
+"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n"
+"the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+msgstr ""
+"Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mandrake Linux sont distribués\n"
+"sur plusieurs CDROM. Heureusement, DrakX connaît l'emplacement de chacun\n"
+"des paquetages. Il éjectera celui présent dans le lecteur et vous demandera\n"
+"d'insérer le CDROM approprié, selon le cas."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
 "system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
 "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
 "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
 "do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
+"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n"
 "can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
 "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
 "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
@@ -847,8 +796,8 @@ msgid ""
 "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
 "\n"
 "If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
-"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
-"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+"will never be connected to the internet or that you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous devez prendre ici une décision cruciale pour la sécurité de votre\n"
 "système. L'utilisateur « root » est l'administrateur du système qui a tous\n"
@@ -876,7 +825,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "En mode expert, on vous demandera si vous comptez vous connecter sur un\n"
 "serveur d'authentification, tel que NIS ou LDAP. Si votre réseau utilise un\n"
 "de ces protocoles, il faut le sélectionner. Si vous n'en avez aucune idée,\n"
-"demandez à votre administrateur réseau.\n"
+"demandez à votre administrateur de réseau.\n"
 "\n"
 "Si vous souhaitez que l'accès à cette machine soit contrôlé par un serveur\n"
 "d'authentification, cliquez sur le bouton « %s ».\n"
@@ -892,6 +841,165 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
+"partitions present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquez sur « %s » si vous voulez vraiment effacer toute l'information et\n"
+"les partitions. Soyez prudent, après avoir cliqué sur « %s », vous ne\n"
+"pourrez plus récupérer les données ou les partitions, y compris les données\n"
+"Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliquez « %s » pour annuler cette opération sans perdre de données."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
+"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
+"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
+"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
+"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
+"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
+"default during boot. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n"
+"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n"
+"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
+"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
+"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
+"create such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Finalement, si vous avez choisi de sélectionner individuellement les\n"
+"paquetages à installer, DrakX vous présentera un arbre contenant tous les\n"
+"paquetages, classés par groupes et sous-groupes. En naviguant à travers\n"
+"l'arbre, vous pouvez sélectionner des groupes, des sous-groupes ou des\n"
+"paquetages individuels.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dès que vous sélectionnez un paquetage dans l'arbre, une description\n"
+"apparaît à droite. Une fois votre sélection terminée, cliquez sur « %s »\n"
+"pour lancer le processus. Soyez patient, car en fonction du type\n"
+"d'installation choisi ou du nombre de paquetages sélectionnés, le temps\n"
+"requis peut être substantiellement différent. Une estimation du temps\n"
+"requis est présentée sur l'écran en cours d'opération afin de vous\n"
+"permettre d'évaluer de combien de temps vous disposez pour prendre votre\n"
+"déjeuner.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Si un logiciel serveur a été sélectionné, vous devrez confirmer que vous\n"
+"voulez vraiment que celui-ci soit installé. Sous Mandrake, par défaut, tous\n"
+"les serveurs installés sont lancés au démarrage. Malgré tous les efforts\n"
+"investis pour vous livrer une distribution Linux sécuritaire, il est\n"
+"possible que certaines failles de sécurité affectes les serveurs installés\n"
+"au-delà de la date de publication. Si vous ne savez pas précisément à quoi\n"
+"sert un serveur en particulier ou pourquoi il est installé, cliquez sur\n"
+"« %s ». En cliquant sur « %s », le serveur sera installé et le service\n"
+"rendu disponible au démarrage. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"L'option « %s » désactive les avertissements qui apparaissent à chaque fois\n"
+"que l'installeur sélectionne un nouveau paquet. Ces avertissements\n"
+"surviennent parce que DrakX a déterminé que pour qu'un paquetage soit\n"
+"fonctionnel, il lui en faut un autre dont il est dépendant.\n"
+"\n"
+"La petite icône de disquette qui apparaît au bas de la liste permet de\n"
+"récupérer une liste de paquetages sélectionnés durant une autre\n"
+"installation. En cliquant dessus, on vous demandera d'insérer la disquette\n"
+"créée lors d'une installation précédente. Voir la deuxième note de la\n"
+"dernière étape afin de savoir comment créer une telle disquette."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
+"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
+"what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n"
+"OS.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
+"one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
+"bootloader."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO et grub sont deux programmes d'amorce pour GNU/Linux. Cette étape est\n"
+"normalement complètement automatique. En fait, DrakX analyse le secteur de\n"
+"démarrage (« master boot record ») et agit en fonction de ce qu'il peut y\n"
+"lire :\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si un secteur de démarrage Windows est détecté, il sera remplacé par\n"
+"grub/LILO. Donc, vous serez capable de démarrer GNU/Linux et tout autre\n"
+"système d'exploitation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * si grub ou LILO est détecté, il sera remplacé par la nouvelle version;\n"
+"\n"
+"En cas de doute, DrakX affiche différentes options."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX détecte maintenant tous les périphériques IDE présents sur votre\n"
+"système. DrakX recherchera aussi les périphériques SCSI. Finalement, selon\n"
+"les composantes détectées, DrakX installera tous les pilotes nécessaires à\n"
+"son fonctionnement.\n"
+"\n"
+"Compte tenu de la vaste gamme de périphériques disponibles sur le marché,\n"
+"dans certains cas la détection de matériel ne fonctionnera pas. Si c'est le\n"
+"cas, vous devrez alors configurer votre matériel à la main.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous devez configurer votre carte SCSI manuellement, DrakX vous\n"
+"demandera si vous souhaitez spécifier à la main les options du\n"
+"périphérique. Laissez en fait DrakX chercher automatiquement les options\n"
+"nécessaires à la configuration de votre carte, cela fonctionne\n"
+"généralement.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il peut arriver que DrakX soit incapable de vérifier les options\n"
+"nécessaires. Dans ce cas, vous devrez les déterminer manuellement."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
 "alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -913,10 +1021,10 @@ msgid ""
 "emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
 "The following are some examples:\n"
 "\n"
-"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"         video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
 "hda=autotune\n"
 "\n"
-"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"         video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
 "\n"
 " * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
 "the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
@@ -960,12 +1068,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "matériel vidéo ou pour permettre l'émulation de la souris clavier, vu que\n"
 "les souris Apple n'ont souvent qu'un bouton. Voici quelques exemples :\n"
 "\n"
-"   	    video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"   video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
 "hda=autotune\n"
 "\n"
-"   	    video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-"   	 \n"
+"   video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
 "\n"
 " * Initrd : cette option peut être utilisée pour charger des modules\n"
 "initiaux avant que le périphérique de démarrage ne soit disponible, ou pour\n"
@@ -994,55 +1100,305 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Graphic Card\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
+"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
+"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
 "\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
-"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
+"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
+"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
 "\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
+"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
+"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed. Additionally, the\n"
+"\"%s\" checkbox allows you to force the system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note\n"
+"however that this is an experimental feature. If you select different\n"
+"languages requiring different encoding the unicode support will be\n"
+"installed anyway.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
+"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
+"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
 msgstr ""
-"Carte graphique\n"
+"La première étape consiste à choisir votre langue.\n"
 "\n"
-"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n"
-"cartes graphiques présentes sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
-"pouvez choisir dans cette liste la carte que vous utilisez effectivement.\n"
+"Le choix de la langue sera appliqué à la documentation, l'installation et\n"
+"le système en général. Commencez par choisir la région où vous vous situez,\n"
+"puis la langue que vous parlez.\n"
+"\n"
+"En cliquant sur « %s », le programme vous proposera également des langues\n"
+"complémentaires pouvant être installées sur votre station de travail. En\n"
+"choisissant des langues supplémentaires, le programme vous installera toute\n"
+"la documentation et les applications nécessaires à l'utilisation de ces\n"
+"langues. Par exemple, si vous prévoyez d'accueillir des utilisateurs\n"
+"d'Espagne sur votre machine, choisissez le français comme langue principale\n"
+"dans l'arborescence, et « %s », dans la section avancée.\n"
 "\n"
-"   Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre\n"
-"carte, avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir\n"
-"le serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux."
+"Remarquez que vous n'êtes pas limité à une langue supplémentaire. Vous\n"
+"pouvez en choisir plusieurs, ou même les installer toutes en choisissant\n"
+"« %s ». Choisir le support pour une langue signifie ajouter les\n"
+"traductions, les polices, correcteurs orthographiques, etc. La case « %s »\n"
+"force le système à utiliser l'encodage unicode (UTF-8). Mais c'est une\n"
+"fonctionnalité expérimentale. Toutefois, si vous sélectionnez des langages\n"
+"qui nécessitent des encodages incompatibles, le support unicode sera\n"
+"installé de toutes façons.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pour passer d'une langue à l'autre, vous pouvez lancer l'utilitaire\n"
+"« /usr/sbin/localedrake » en tant que « root » pour changer la langue\n"
+"utilisée dans tout le système ; connectez-vous en simple utilisateur pour\n"
+"ne changer que la langue de cet utilisateur."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
-"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
-"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
-"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
-"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
-"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
+"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
+"driver."
+msgstr ""
+"« %s » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous\n"
+"remarquez que la carte configurée n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n"
+"effectivement sur votre système, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en\n"
+"choisir une autre."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
+"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
 "\n"
-"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
-"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
-"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
-"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
-"other machines on your local network as well."
+"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
+"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
+"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
+"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
+"changes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
+"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
+"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
+"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
+"operating systems!"
 msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux manipule l'heure au format GMT (« Greenwich Mean Time ») et la\n"
-"convertit en temps local selon le fuseau horaire choisi. Il est néanmoins\n"
-"possible de désactiver cela en désélectionnant « %s » de façon à ce que\n"
-"l'horloge matérielle soit la même que celle du système. Cela est\n"
-"particulièrement utile si la machine accueille un autre système\n"
-"d'exploitation tel que Windows.\n"
+"Après avoir configuré les paramètres généraux de LILO ou grub la liste des\n"
+"options de démarrage sera rendue disponible au démarrage.\n"
 "\n"
-"La « %s » permet de régler l'heure automatiquement en se connectant à un\n"
-"serveur de temps sur Internet. Dans la liste qui est alors présentée,\n"
-"choisissez un serveur géographiquement proche de vous. Vous devez avoir une\n"
-"connexion Internet pour que cela fonctionne bien entendu. Cela installera\n"
-"en fait sur votre machine un serveur de temps local qui pourra, en option,\n"
-"être lui-même utilisé par d'autres machines de votre réseau local."
+"Si d'autres systèmes d'exploitation sont détectés, il seront\n"
+"automatiquement ajoutés au menu démarrage. Vous pouvez ici affiner votre\n"
+"configuration. Cliquez sur « %s » pour créer une nouvelle entrée;\n"
+"Choisissez une entrée, cliquez « %s » pour l'éditer, ou « %s » pour\n"
+"l'enlever. « %s » validera vos changements.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il est possible que vous vouliez limiter l'accès à ce système\n"
+"d'exploitation. Il vous suffit de retirer l'entrée dans les options de\n"
+"démarrage et démarrer ce système avec une disquette."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
+"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Choisissez le disque dur à effacer pour installer votre partition\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Soyez prudent, toute l'information stockée sur le disque sera\n"
+"détruite."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
+"similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"« %s »: en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression sera\n"
+"démarré. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du « Guide de démarrage » pour\n"
+"plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est documentée est similaire à\n"
+"celle rencontrée lors de l'installation."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Vous pourrez finalement choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n"
+"lancement de la machine. Il est préférable de choisir « %s » si vous êtes\n"
+"en train d'installer un serveur, ou si vous n'avez pas réussi à configurer\n"
+"l'écran correctement."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez le bon port. Par exemple: l'équivalent du port « COM1 » sur\n"
+"Windows, se nomme « ttyS0 » sous GNU/Linux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
+"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
+"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
+"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option."
+msgstr ""
+"À cette étape, vous devrez déterminer le niveau de sécurité requis par\n"
+"votre système. Le niveau de sécurité requis se détermine en fonction de\n"
+"l'exposition du système à d'autres utilisateurs (s'il est connecté\n"
+"directement sur Internet par exemple) et selon le niveau de sensibilité de\n"
+"l'information contenu dans le système. Sachez que, de manière générale,\n"
+"plus la sécurité d'un système est élevée, plus il est complexe à utiliser.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous ne savez pas quel niveau choisir, gardez la sélection par défaut."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
+"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
+"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
+"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
+"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
+"change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
+"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
+"another driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
+"configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
+"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
+"card.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
+"now.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"On vous présente ici diverses informations sur la configuration actuelle.\n"
+"Selon le matériel installé, certaines entrées seront présentes et d'autres\n"
+"pas. Chaque paramètre est constitué du nom de la configuration, suivi d'un\n"
+"cours résumé de la configuration actuelle. Cliquez sur le bouton « %s »\n"
+"correspondant pour changer cela.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s »: vérifiez la configuration choisie pour le clavier.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s »: vérifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans ce\n"
+"pays, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays ne\n"
+"se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n"
+"liste complète.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s »: DrakX, par défaut, configure le fuseau horaire selon le pays\n"
+"dans lequel vous êtes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s »: pour vérifier la configuration actuelle de la souris. Cliquez\n"
+"sur le bouton pour modifier les options.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s »: en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression\n"
+"sera démarré. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du « Guide de démarrage »\n"
+"pour plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est documentée est similaire\n"
+"à celle rencontrée lors de l'installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous\n"
+"remarquez que la carte configurée n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n"
+"effectivement sur votre système, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en\n"
+"choisir une autre.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : par défaut, DrakX configure votre interface graphique avec une\n"
+"résolution de « 800x600 » ou « 1024x768 ». Si cela ne vous convient pas,\n"
+"cliquez sur « %s » pour changer la configuration de votre interface\n"
+"graphique.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si une carte d'entrée/sortie vidéo (carte TV) a été détectée,\n"
+"elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous avez une carte TV et qu'elle n'a pas été\n"
+"détectée, cliquez sur ce bouton pour la configurer à la main.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si une carte RNIS (ISDN) est détectée, elle apparaîtra ici.\n"
+"Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en modifier les paramètres.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : Si vous souhaitez configurer votre accès Internet ou réseau\n"
+"local dès maintenant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s »: il vous est ici proposé de redéfinir votre niveau de sécurité\n"
+"tel que défini dans une étape précédente ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si vous avez l'intention de connecter votre ordinateur à\n"
+"Internet, c'est une bonne idée de le protéger des intrusions grâce à un\n"
+"pare-feu. Consultez la section correspondante du « Guide de démarrage »\n"
+"pour plus de renseignements.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : Si vous souhaitez changer la configuration par défaut de votre\n"
+"chargeur de démarrage. À réserver aux utilisateurs expérimentés.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : vous pourrez ici contrôler finement les services disponibles\n"
+"sur votre machine. si vous envisagez de monter un serveur, c'est une bonne\n"
+"idée de vérifier cette configuration."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponible pour votre carte,\n"
+"avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir le\n"
+"serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1054,11 +1410,6 @@ msgid ""
 "right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
 "a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
 "\n"
-"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
-"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
-"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
-"mouse up and down.\n"
-"\n"
 "If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
 "from the list provided.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1092,7 +1443,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "[Entrée] pour annuler le test et retourner à la liste de choix de la\n"
 "souris.\n"
 "\n"
-"Parfois, les souris à roulette ne sont pas détectées. Vous devrez alors\n"
+"Les souris à roulette ne sont pas détectées parfois. Vous devrez alors\n"
 "sélectionner manuellement une souris dans la liste. Assurez vous de choisir\n"
 "celle qui correspond à votre modèle et au bon port de connexion. Après\n"
 "avoir pressé le bouton « %s », une image de souris apparaît. Vous devez\n"
@@ -1102,279 +1453,158 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
-"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez le bon port. Par exemple: l'équivalent du port « COM1 » sur\n"
-"Windows, se nomme « ttyS0 » sous GNU/Linux."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
-"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
-"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
-"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n"
-"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n"
-"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n"
-"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n"
-"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n"
-"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n"
-"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n"
-"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n"
-"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n"
-"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n"
-"\n"
-"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
-"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
-"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n"
-"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
-"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
-"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
-"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n"
-"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n"
-"ones at risk.\n"
+"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
+"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
+"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n"
+"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
+"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will take you to the next step.\n"
 "\n"
-"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
-"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n"
-"you have finished adding users.\n"
+"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
+"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n"
+"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
 "\n"
-"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
-"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
+"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
+"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
 "\n"
-"When you have finished adding users, you will be proposed to choose a user\n"
-"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
-"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
-"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n"
-"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
+"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
+"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
 msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux est un système multi-utilisateurs, ce qui signifie généralement\n"
-"que chaque utilisateur peut avoir des préférences différentes, ses propres\n"
-"fichiers, etc. Pour plus d'informations, consultez le « Guide de\n"
-"démarrage ». Contrairement à « root » qui a tous les droits, les\n"
-"utilisateurs que vous ajouterez ici n'auront que des permissions pour agir\n"
-"sur leurs propres fichiers exclusivement. L'utilisateur / administrateur\n"
-"devrait également se créer un compte « normal ». C'est à travers cet\n"
-"utilisateur que celui-ci devrait se connecter pour accomplir ses tâches\n"
-"quotidiennes. Car, bien qu'il soit pratique d'avoir tous les accès, cette\n"
-"situation peut également engendrer des situations désastreuses si un\n"
-"fichier est détruit par inadvertance. Un utilisateur normal n'ayant pas\n"
-"accès aux fichiers sensibles, ne peut causer de dommages majeurs.\n"
-"\n"
-"Il faut d'abord entrer le vrai nom de la personne. Évidemment, vous pouvez\n"
-"y inscrire n'importe quoi. DrakX prendra le premier mot inséré et le\n"
-"transposera comme « %s ». C'est le nom qui sera utilisé pour se connecter\n"
-"au système. Vous pouvez le modifier. Il faut maintenant entrer un mot de\n"
-"passe. Celui-ci n'est pas aussi crucial que le mot de passe de « root »,\n"
-"mais ce n'est pas une raison pour rentrer 123456. Après tout, ceci mettrait\n"
-"vos fichiers en péril.\n"
+"Si vous désirez connecter votre système à un réseau ou à Internet, cliquez\n"
+"sur « %s ». L'auto-détection des périphériques réseau et modem sera alors\n"
+"lancée. Si cette détection échoue, décochez la case « %s ». Vous pouvez\n"
+"aussi choisir de ne pas configurer le réseau, ou de le faire plus tard.\n"
+"Dans ce cas, cliquez simplement sur « %s ».\n"
 "\n"
-"Après avoir cliqué sur « %s », il vous sera possible d'ajouter d'autres\n"
-"utilisateurs. Créez un utilisateur différent pour chaque personne devant\n"
-"utiliser votre ordinateur. Une fois chaque utilisateur défini, cliquez sur\n"
-"« %s ».\n"
+"Les types de connexion supportées sont : modem téléphonique, modem ISDN,\n"
+"connexion ADSL, modem câble ou simplement LAN (réseau Ethernet).\n"
 "\n"
-"En cliquant sur « %s », vous pourrez sélectionner un « shell » différent\n"
-"pour cet utilisateur (bash est assigné par défaut).\n"
+"Nous ne détaillerons pas ici chacune des configurations possibles.\n"
+"Assurez-vous seulement que vous avez toutes les informations de votre\n"
+"fournisseur de service Internet à portée de main.\n"
 "\n"
-"Lorsque vous avez fini d'installer tous les utilisateurs, il vous est\n"
-"proposé de choisir un utilisateur qui sera automatiquement connecté lors du\n"
-"démarrage de l'ordinateur. Si cela vous intéresse (et que la sécurité\n"
-"locale ne soit pas trop un problème), choisissez l'utilisateur et le\n"
-"gestionnaire de fenêtres, puis cliquez sur « %s ». Si cela ne vous\n"
-"intéresse pas, décochez la case « %s »."
+"Vous pouvez consulter le chapitre du « Guide de démarrage » concernant les\n"
+"connexions à Internet pour plus de détails à propos des configurations\n"
+"spécifiques de chaque type de connexion. Vous pouvez également configurer\n"
+"votre connexion à Internet une fois l'installation terminée."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
-"\"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
-"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
+"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, simply turn off your computer."
 msgstr ""
-"Plus d'une partition Windows ont été détectées sur votre disque dur. SVP,\n"
-"veuillez choisir celle que vous choisissez pour votre nouvelle installation\n"
-"de Mandrake Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-"Chaque partition est identifiée comme suit: \"Nom linux\", \"Nom Windows\",\n"
-"\"Capacité\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Le \"Nom\" est structuré ainsi : \"type de disque dur\", \"numéro du disque\n"
-"dur\", \"numéro de partition\". Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n"
-"\n"
-"Le \"Type de disque dur\" correspond à hd si votre disque est IDE. Pour un\n"
-"disque SCSI, vous lirez \"sd\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Le numéro du disque est toujours listé après le \"hd\" ou \"fd\". Pour les\n"
-"disques IDE :\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" signifie \"disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" signifie \"disque primaire esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n"
-"IDE\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" indique \"disque primaire maître sur le second contrôleur IDE\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" signifie \"disque primaire esclave sur le second contrôleur IDE\";\n"
-"\n"
-"Avec les disques SCSI, le \"a\" indique le plus petit SCSI ID, et ainsi de\n"
-"suite.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" c'est la lettre assignée à votre disque, (le premier\n"
-"disque ou partition \"C:\")"
+"Avant d'aller plus loin, il est fortement recommandé de lire attentivement\n"
+"les termes et conditions d'utilisations de la licence. Celle-ci régit\n"
+"l'ensemble de la distribution Mandrake Linux. Si vous en acceptez tous les\n"
+"termes, cochez la case « %s », sinon, éteignez simplement votre ordinateur."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
-"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
 "\n"
-"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
-"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
-"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
-"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
-"changes.\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
 "\n"
-"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
-"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
-"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
-"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
-"operating systems!"
+"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
 msgstr ""
-"Après avoir configuré les paramètres généraux de LILO ou grub la liste des\n"
-"options de démarrage sera rendue disponible au démarrage.\n"
+"Carte graphique\n"
 "\n"
-"Si d'autres systèmes d'exploitation sont détectés, il seront\n"
-"automatiquement ajoutés au menu démarrage. Vous pouvez ici affiner votre\n"
-"configuration. Cliquez sur « %s » pour créer une nouvelle entrée ;\n"
-"Choisissez une entrée et cliquez « %s » pour l'éditer, ou « %s » pour\n"
-"l'enlever. « %s » validera vos changements.\n"
+"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n"
+"cartes graphiques présentes sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
+"pouvez choisir dans cette liste la carte que vous utilisez effectivement.\n"
 "\n"
-"Il est possible que vous vouliez limiter l'accès à ce système\n"
-"d'exploitation. Il vous suffit de retirer l'entrée dans les options de\n"
-"démarrage et démarrer ce système avec une disquette."
+"   Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponible pour votre carte,\n"
+"avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir le\n"
+"serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
-"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
-"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
-"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
-"default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
-"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
-"you need it, check this box.\n"
+"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
-"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
-"checking this box.\n"
+"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
+"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
 "\n"
-"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
-"options. !!\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
 "\n"
-"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
-"are normally reserved for the expert user."
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
+"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
+"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
+"!!"
 msgstr ""
-"Ce dialogue permet de contrôler finement le chargeur de démarrage :\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » vous propose trois choix :\n"
-"\n"
-"    * « %s » : si vous préférez GRUB (menu texte).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * « %s » : si vous préférez la version texte de LILO.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * « %s » : si vous préférez l'interface graphique.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : dans la plupart des cas, vous n'aurez pas à changer le disque\n"
-"par défaut (« %s », mais si vous le désirez, le programme d'amorce peut\n"
-"être installé sur un second disque, « %s », ou même sur une disquette,\n"
-"« %s ».\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : au redémarrage de l'ordinateur, il s'agit du temps accordé à\n"
-"l'utilisateur pour démarrer un autre système d'exploitation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s »: l'ACPI est un nouveau standard (apparu courant 2002) pour la\n"
-"gestion d'énergie, surtout pour les portables. Si vous savez que votre\n"
-"matériel est compatible ACPI cochez cette case.\n"
+"Vous pouvez maintenant choisir les services disponibles au démarrage de\n"
+"votre système.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: Si vous avez remarqué auparavant des problèmes matériels sur\n"
-"votre machine (conflits IRQ, instabilités, blocages machine, ...) vous\n"
-"pouvez essayer de désactiver l'APIC en cochant cette case.\n"
+"Ici sont présentés tous les services disponibles avec l'installation en\n"
+"place. Faites une bonne vérification et enlevez tout ce qui n'est pas\n"
+"absolument nécessaire au démarrage du système.\n"
 "\n"
-"!! Prenez garde, si vous décidez de ne pas installer de programme d'amorce\n"
-"(en cliquant sur « %s »), vous devez vous assurer d'avoir une méthode pour\n"
-"démarrer le système. Aussi, assurez-vous de bien savoir ce que vous faites\n"
-"si vous modifiez les options. !!\n"
+"Vous pouvez obtenir une courte explication des services en les\n"
+"sélectionnant spécifiquement. Cela dit, si vous n'êtes pas sûr de\n"
+"l'application d'un service, conservez les paramètres par défaut.\n"
 "\n"
-"En cliquant sur « %s », vous aurez accès à plusieurs autres options de\n"
-"configuration. Sachez que celles-ci sont réservées aux experts en la\n"
-"matière."
+"!! À cette étape, soyez particulièrement attentif dans le cas d'un système\n"
+"destiné à agir comme serveur. Dans ce cas, vous voudrez probablement\n"
+"permettre exclusivement les services nécessaires. !!"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
-"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
 msgstr ""
-"Choisissez le disque dur à effacer pour installer votre partition\n"
-"GNU/Linux. Soyez prudent, toute l'information stockée sur le disque sera\n"
-"détruite."
+"Moniteur\n"
+"\n"
+"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n"
+"moniteurs connectés à votre unité centrale. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
+"pouvez choisir dans cette liste le moniteur que vous utilisez\n"
+"effectivement."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
-"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
-"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
-"will reboot your computer."
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
+"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
+"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
+"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can used by\n"
+"other machines on your local network as well."
 msgstr ""
-"Avant d'aller plus loin, il est fortement recommandé de lire attentivement\n"
-"les termes et conditions d'utilisation de la licence. Celle-ci régit\n"
-"l'ensemble de la distribution Mandrake Linux. Si vous en acceptez tous les\n"
-"termes, cochez la case « %s », sinon, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » pour\n"
-"redémarrer votre ordinateur."
+"GNU/Linux manipule l'heure au format GMT (« Greenwich Mean Time ») et la\n"
+"convertit en temps local selon le fuseau horaire choisi. Il est néanmoins\n"
+"possible de désactiver cela en désélectionnant « %s » de façon à ce que\n"
+"l'horloge matérielle soit la même que celle du système. Cela est\n"
+"particulièrement utile si la machine accueille un autre système\n"
+"d'exploitation tel que Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"La « %s » permet de régler l'heure automatiquement en se connectant à un\n"
+"serveur de temps sur Internet. Dans la liste qui est alors présentée,\n"
+"choisissez un serveur géographiquement proche de vous. Vous devez avoir une\n"
+"connexion Internet pour que cela fonctionne bien entendu. Cela installera\n"
+"en fait sur votre machine un serveur de temps local qui pourra, en option,\n"
+"être lui-même utilisé par d'autres machines de votre réseau local."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1452,7 +1682,7 @@ msgid ""
 "is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
 "country list."
 msgstr ""
-"« %s » : vérifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans ce\n"
+"« %s »: vérifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans ce\n"
 "pays, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays ne\n"
 "se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n"
 "liste complète."
@@ -1460,9 +1690,92 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
+"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
+"\n"
+"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
+"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
+"partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
+"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
+"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
+"it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Les partitions ayant été nouvellement définies doivent être formatées (ce\n"
+"qui implique la création d'un système de fichiers).\n"
+"\n"
+"Lors de cette étape, vous pouvez reformater des partitions existantes pour\n"
+"effacer les données présentes. Vous devrez alors les sélectionner\n"
+"également.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sachez qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de reformater toutes les partitions\n"
+"existantes. Vous devez formater les partitions contenant le système\n"
+"d'exploitation (comme « / », « /usr » ou « /var », mais il n'est pas\n"
+"nécessaire de formater les partitions de données, notamment « /home »...\n"
+"\n"
+"Soyez prudent. Une fois que les partitions sélectionnées seront\n"
+"reformatées, il sera impossible de récupérer des données.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliquez sur « %s » lorsque vous êtes prêt à formater les partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliquez sur « %s » pour ajouter ou enlever une partition à formater.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliquer sur « %s » si vous désirez sélectionner des partitions pour une\n"
+"vérification des secteurs défectueux (« Bad Blocks »)."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n"
+"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n"
+"you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n"
+"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a Swiss\n"
+"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find\n"
+"yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard do\n"
+"not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to select\n"
+"an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
+"supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Selon la langue principale que vous avez choisie à l'étape , DrakX\n"
+"sélectionne le clavier approprié. Cela dit, il est possible que vous ayez\n"
+"un clavier ne correspondant pas exactement à votre langue d'utilisation.\n"
+"Par exemple, si vous habitez le Québec et parlez le français et l'anglais,\n"
+"vous pouvez vouloir avoir votre clavier anglais pour les tâches\n"
+"d'administration système et votre clavier français pour écrire de la\n"
+"poésie. Dans ces cas, il vous faudra revenir à cette étape d'installation\n"
+"et sélectionner un autre clavier à partir de la liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliquez sur « %s » pour voir toutes les options proposées.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous choisissez un clavier basé sur un alphabet non-latin, on vous\n"
+"demandera au prochain écran de choisir la combinaison de clés permettant\n"
+"d'alterner entre ceux-ci."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
-"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
-"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. The first thing you\n"
 "should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
 "bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1493,10 +1806,8 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Votre installation de Mandrake Linux est maintenant terminée et votre\n"
 "système est prêt à être utilisé. Cliquez sur « %s » pour redémarrer votre\n"
-"système. N'oubliez pas de retirer la source d'installation(CD-ROM ou\n"
-"disquette). La première chose que vous verrez alors après que l'ordinateur\n"
-"ait fait ses propres tests matériels est le menu de démarrage, permettant\n"
-"de démarrer tous les systèmes présents sur votre machine.\n"
+"système. Vous aurez alors le choix de démarrer GNU/Linux ou Windows (s'il\n"
+"est présent).\n"
 "\n"
 "Le bouton « %s » (en mode Expert uniquement) permet deux autres options :\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1514,12 +1825,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "disque au complet.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Cette fonctionnalité est particulièrement pratique pour l'installation\n"
-"de multiples systèmes. Voir la section Auto install de notre site Internet.\n"
+"de multiples systèmes. Voir la section Auto install de notre site Web.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s » (*) sauvegarde la sélection des paquetages installés. Puis,\n"
-"lorsque vous ferez une autre installation, insérez la disquette dans le\n"
-"lecteur et accédez au menu d'aide en tapant [F1], et entrez la commande\n"
-"suivante : « linux defcfg=\"floppy\" ».\n"
+" * « %s » (*) sauve la sélection des paquetages installés. Puis, lorsque\n"
+"vous ferez une autre installation, insérez la disquette dans le lecteur et\n"
+"accédez au menu d'aide en tapant [f1], et entrez la commande suivante :\n"
+"« linux defcfg=\"floppy\" ».\n"
 "\n"
 "(*) Vous avez besoin d'une disquette formatée avec FAT (pour la créer sous\n"
 "Linux, tapez « mformat a: »)"
@@ -1527,285 +1838,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
-"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
-"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n"
-"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"À cette étape, vous devrez déterminer le niveau de sécurité requis par\n"
-"votre système. Le niveau de sécurité requis se détermine en fonction de\n"
-"l'exposition du système à d'autres utilisateurs (s'il est connecté\n"
-"directement sur Internet par exemple) et selon le niveau de sensibilité de\n"
-"l'information contenue dans le système. Sachez que, de manière générale,\n"
-"plus la sécurité d'un système est élevée, plus il est complexe à utiliser.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vous ne savez pas quel niveau choisir, gardez la sélection par défaut.\n"
-"\n"
-"Le champ « %s » sert à indiquer l'utilisateur sur le système qui sera\n"
-"responsable de la sécurité. Les messages de sécurité lui seront adressés."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
-"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
-"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
-"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
-"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
-"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
-"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
-"\n"
-"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
-"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
-"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
-"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
-"\n"
-" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
-"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
-"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
-"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
-"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
-"chosen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
-"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
-"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
-"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
-"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
-"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
-"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
-msgstr ""
-"La première étape consiste à choisir votre langue.\n"
-"\n"
-"Le choix de la langue sera appliqué à la documentation, l'installation et\n"
-"le système en général. Commencez par choisir la région où vous vous situez,\n"
-"puis la langue que vous parlez.\n"
-"\n"
-"En cliquant sur « %s », le programme vous proposera également des langues\n"
-"complémentaires pouvant être installées sur votre station de travail. En\n"
-"choisissant des langues supplémentaires, le programme vous installera toute\n"
-"la documentation et les applications nécessaires à l'utilisation de ces\n"
-"langues. Par exemple, si vous prévoyez d'accueillir des utilisateurs\n"
-"d'Espagne sur votre machine, choisissez le français comme langue principale\n"
-"dans l'arborescence, et « %s », dans la section avancée.\n"
-"\n"
-"À propos de l'encodage UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode est un nouveau système\n"
-"d'encodage des caractères censé couvrir tous les langages existants.\n"
-"Cependant son intégration dans GNU/Linux est encore imparfaite. Pour cette\n"
-"raison, Mandrake Linux l'utilisera ou non selon les critères suivants :\n"
-"\n"
-" * Si vous choisissez une langue avec un encodage ayant une longue histoire\n"
-"(langages associés à « latin1 », Russe, Japonais, Chinois, Coréen, Thaï,\n"
-"Grec, Turc, et la plupart des langages « iso-8859-2 »), l'encodage\n"
-"historique sera utilisé;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Les autres langages entraîneront l'utilisation d'unicode par défaut;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Si vous demandez l'installation de plus d'une langue, et que ces langues\n"
-"n'utilisent pas le même encodage, alors unicode sera utilisé pour tout le\n"
-"système;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enfin, unicode peut aussi être utilisé quelque soit votre configuration\n"
-"des langues à utiliser, en sélectionnant l'option « %s ».\n"
-"\n"
-"Remarquez que vous n'êtes pas limité à une langue supplémentaire. Vous\n"
-"pouvez en choisir plusieurs, ou même les installer toutes en choisissant\n"
-"« %s ». Choisir le support pour une langue signifie ajouter les\n"
-"traductions, les polices, correcteurs orthographiques, etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"Pour passer d'une langue à l'autre, vous pouvez lancer l'utilitaire\n"
-"« /usr/sbin/localedrake » en tant que « root » pour changer la langue\n"
-"utilisée dans tout le système ; connectez-vous en simple utilisateur pour\n"
-"ne changer que la langue de cet utilisateur."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
-"\n"
-"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
-"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez maintenant choisir les services disponibles au démarrage de\n"
-"votre système.\n"
-"\n"
-"Ici sont présentés tous les services disponibles avec l'installation en\n"
-"place. Faites une bonne vérification et enlevez tout ce qui n'est pas\n"
-"absolument nécessaire au démarrage du système.\n"
-"\n"
-"Vous pouvez obtenir une courte explication des services en les\n"
-"sélectionnant spécifiquement. Cela dit, si vous n'êtes pas sûr de\n"
-"l'application d'un service, conservez les paramètres par défaut.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! À cette étape, soyez particulièrement attentif dans le cas d'un système\n"
-"destiné à agir comme serveur. Dans ce cas, vous voudrez probablement\n"
-"permettre exclusivement les services nécessaires. !!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre carte,\n"
-"avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir le\n"
-"serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
-"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-msgstr ""
-"Yaboot est un chargeur de démarrage pour les équipements NewWorld\n"
-"MacIntosh. Il est capable de démarrer soit GNU/Linux, MacOS ou MacOSX,\n"
-"s'ils sont présents sur votre ordinateur bien entendu. Normalement, ces\n"
-"systèmes d'exploitation sont correctement détectés et installés. Si ce\n"
-"n'est pas le cas, vous pouvez maintenant ajouter une entrée à la main.\n"
-"Soyez prudent et choisissez les bons paramètres.\n"
-"\n"
-"Les options principales de Yaboot sont :\n"
-"\n"
-" * Message Init : un message texte apparaît l'invite de démarrage ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Périphérique de démarrage (« Boot ») : indique où vous voulez placer\n"
-"l'information nécessaire pour démarrer GNU/Linux. Généralement, il est\n"
-"préférable de créer une partition bootstrap avant l'installation pour\n"
-"contenir cette information ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Délai Open Firmware : contrairement à LILO, deux délais sont disponibles\n"
-"pour yaboot. Le premier se mesure en secondes et à cette étape, vous pouvez\n"
-"choisir entre le CD, l'amorçage OF (Open Firmware), MacOS ou Linux ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Expiration du démarrage du noyau (« Kernel Boot Timeout » : cette\n"
-"expiration de temps est similaire au délai de démarrage de LILO. Après\n"
-"avoir choisi Linux, il y aura un délai de 0,1 secondes avant que le noyau\n"
-"par défaut soit choisi ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Activer le démarrage via un CD ? : en cochant cette option, vous pourrez\n"
-"choisir l'option « C » pour démarrer avec un CD lors de la première invite\n"
-"de démarrage ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Activer le démarrage OF ? : en choisissant cette option, vous pourrez\n"
-"sélectionner la touche « N » pour activer Open Firmware lors de la première\n"
-"invite de démarrage ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * OS par défaut : vous pouvez choisir le système d'exploitation qui\n"
-"démarrera par défaut lorsque le délai de temps attribué à Open Firmware\n"
-"expire."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
-"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
-"\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
-"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
-msgstr ""
-"LILO et grub sont deux programmes d'amorce pour GNU/Linux. Cette étape est\n"
-"normalement complètement automatique. En fait, DrakX analyse le secteur de\n"
-"démarrage (« master boot record ») et agit en fonction de ce qu'il peut y\n"
-"lire :\n"
-"\n"
-" * si un secteur de démarrage Windows est détecté, il sera remplacé par\n"
-"grub/LILO. Donc, vous serez capable de démarrer GNU/Linux ou tout autre\n"
-"système d'exploitation installé sur votre machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * si grub ou LILO est détecté, il sera remplacé par la nouvelle version;\n"
-"\n"
-"En cas de doute, DrakX affiche différentes options. En général, le « %s »\n"
-"est l'endroit le plus sûr. Si vous choisissez « %s », aucun chargeur de\n"
-"démarrage ne sera installé. À vos risques et périls."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Monitor\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Moniteur\n"
-"\n"
-"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n"
-"moniteurs connectés à votre unité centrale. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
-"pouvez choisir dans cette liste le moniteur que vous utilisez\n"
-"effectivement."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
 "installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
 "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
@@ -1839,7 +1871,7 @@ msgid ""
 " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
 "originally on the hard drive.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
 "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
@@ -1888,7 +1920,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "premier disque IDE, « hdb », pour le second, « sda » pour le premier disque\n"
 "SCSI, et ainsi de suite.\n"
 "\n"
-"Pour partitionner le disque dur sélectionné, vous pouvez utiliser les\n"
+"Pour partitionner, le disque dur sélectionné, vous pouvez utiliser les\n"
 "options suivantes :\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: cette option effacera toutes les partitions sur le disque\n"
@@ -1897,14 +1929,14 @@ msgstr ""
 " * « %s »: cette option permet de créer un système de ficher ext3 et\n"
 "« Swap » dans l'espace libre sur votre disque;\n"
 "\n"
-"« %s »: permet d'accéder à des fonctionnalités supplémentaires :\n"
+"« %s »: permet d'accéder à des fonctionnalités additionnelles :\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: sauvegarde la table de partition sur un disque amovible. Cette\n"
+" * « %s »: sauve la table de partition sur un disque amovibles. Cette\n"
 "option s'avère particulièrement pratique pour réparer des partitions\n"
 "endommagées. Il est fortement recommandé de procéder ainsi;\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: permet de restaurer une table de partition sauvegardée au\n"
-"préalable sur une disquette.\n"
+" * « %s »: permet de restaurer une table de partition sauvée au préalable\n"
+"sur une disquette.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: si votre table de partition est endommagée, vous pouvez essayer\n"
 "de la récupérer avec ces options. Soyez prudent et sachez que cela ne\n"
@@ -1913,7 +1945,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " * « %s »: écarte les changements et charge la table de partition initiale;\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: en cochant cette case, les CD-ROM et disquettes (et autres\n"
-"supports) seront chargés automatiquement.\n"
+"support) seront chargés automatiquement.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: utilisez cette option si vous souhaitez utiliser un assistant\n"
 "pour partitionner votre disque. Cette option est particulièrement\n"
@@ -1921,7 +1953,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: utilisez cette option pour annuler vos changements;\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: permet des actions supplémentaires sur les partitions (type,\n"
+" * « %s »: permet des actions additionnelles sur les partitions (type,\n"
 "options, format) et donne plus d'informations;\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: une fois le partitionnement terminé, ce bouton vous permettra de\n"
@@ -1952,126 +1984,3 @@ msgstr ""
 "grande, disons 50Mo, vous trouverez utile d'y placer des noyaux et des\n"
 "images « ramdisk » accessibles en cas de problème."
 
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
-"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
-"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
-"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
-"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n"
-"necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
-"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
-"correct.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
-"change it if necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
-"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
-"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
-"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
-"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
-"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
-"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
-"configure it manually.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
-"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
-"card.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
-"now.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
-"previous step ().\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
-"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
-"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
-"firewall settings.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
-"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
-"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
-"idea to review this setup."
-msgstr ""
-"On vous présente ici diverses informations sur la configuration actuelle.\n"
-"Selon le matériel installé, certaines entrées seront présentes et d'autres\n"
-"pas. Chaque paramètre est constitué du nom de la configuration, suivi d'un\n"
-"cours résumé de la configuration actuelle. Cliquez sur le bouton « %s »\n"
-"correspondant pour changer cela.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s »: vérifiez la configuration choisie pour le clavier.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : vérifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans\n"
-"ce pays, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays\n"
-"ne se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n"
-"liste complète.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s »: DrakX, par défaut, configure le fuseau horaire selon le pays\n"
-"dans lequel vous vous trouvez.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s »: pour vérifier la configuration actuelle de la souris. Cliquez\n"
-"sur le bouton pour modifier les options.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression\n"
-"sera démarré. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du « Guide de démarrage »\n"
-"pour plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est documentée est similaire\n"
-"à celle rencontrée lors de l'installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous\n"
-"remarquez que la carte configurée n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n"
-"effectivement sur votre système, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en\n"
-"choisir une autre.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : par défaut, DrakX configure votre interface graphique avec une\n"
-"résolution de « 800x600 » ou « 1024x768 ». Si cela ne vous convient pas,\n"
-"cliquez sur « %s » pour changer la configuration de votre interface\n"
-"graphique.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : si une carte d'entrée/sortie vidéo (carte TV) a été détectée,\n"
-"elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous avez une carte TV et qu'elle n'a pas été\n"
-"détectée, cliquez sur ce bouton pour la configurer à la main.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : si une carte RNIS (ISDN) est détectée, elle apparaîtra ici.\n"
-"Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en modifier les paramètres.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : si vous souhaitez configurer votre accès Internet ou réseau\n"
-"local dès maintenant.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : il vous est ici proposé de redéfinir votre niveau de sécurité\n"
-"tel que défini dans une étape précédente ().\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : si vous avez l'intention de connecter votre ordinateur à\n"
-"Internet, c'est une bonne idée de le protéger des intrusions grâce à un\n"
-"pare-feu. Consultez la section correspondante du « Guide de démarrage »\n"
-"pour plus de renseignements.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : si vous souhaitez changer la configuration par défaut de votre\n"
-"chargeur de démarrage. À réserver aux utilisateurs expérimentés.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : vous pourrez ici contrôler finement les services disponibles\n"
-"sur votre machine. Si vous envisagez de monter un serveur, c'est une bonne\n"
-"idée de vérifier cette configuration."
-
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot
index 443b32009..7ca13736a 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot
@@ -5,6 +5,1093 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
+"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
+"driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
+"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
+"driver."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
+"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
+"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
+"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
+"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
+"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
+"default during boot. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n"
+"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n"
+"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
+"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
+"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
+"create such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
+"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
+"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
+"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
+"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
+"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
+"default during boot. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n"
+"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n"
+"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
+"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
+"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
+"create such a floppy."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
+"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
+"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
+"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
+"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
+"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
+"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
+"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n"
+"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
+"choice after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
+"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
+"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
+"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
+"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
+"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
+"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
+"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n"
+"(see ''Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n"
+"or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data,\n"
+"provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition. Backing up\n"
+"your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you\n"
+"want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
+"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n"
+"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
+"choice after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
+"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ''Gestione delle partizioni'' section in the ''Guida\n"
+"introduttiva''."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+msgstr ""
+"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
+"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
+"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
+"similar applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
+"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
+"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
+"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
+"``Development'' category installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
+"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
+"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
+"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
+"updating an existing system."
+msgstr ""
+"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
+"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
+"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
+"similar applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
+"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
+"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
+"''Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
+"''Development'' category installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
+"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
+"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
+"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
+"updating an existing system."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
+"your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
+"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
+"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
+"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
+"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
+"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
+"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
+"your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
+"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
+"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
+"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
+"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
+"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
+"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ''Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
+"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
+"\n"
+"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
+"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
+"partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
+"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
+"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
+"it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
+"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
+"\n"
+"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
+"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
+"partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
+"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
+"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
+"it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
+"partitions present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
+"partitions present on this hard drive."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
+"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
+"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
+"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
+"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
+"install updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
+"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
+"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
+"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
+"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
+"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
+"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
+"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
+"install updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
+"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
+"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
+"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
+"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n"
+"suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
+"supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
+"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n"
+"suits you or chose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Québec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow\n"
+"you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
+"supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
+"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
+"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
+"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
+"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will take you to the next step.\n"
+"\n"
+"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
+"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
+"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
+"\n"
+"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
+"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
+"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n"
+"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n"
+"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the list of\n"
+"supported modems at LinModems.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
+"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
+"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
+msgstr ""
+"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
+"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
+"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n"
+"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
+"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will take you to the next step.\n"
+"\n"
+"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
+"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
+"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
+"\n"
+"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
+"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
+"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n"
+"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n"
+"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the the list of\n"
+"supported modems at LinModems.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can consult the ''Guida introduttiva'' chapter about Internet\n"
+"connections for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your\n"
+"system is installed and use the program described there to configure your\n"
+"connection."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
+"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
+"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
+"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
+"similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ''Guida introduttiva'' for\n"
+"more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented\n"
+"there is similar to the one used during installation."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
+"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n"
+"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
+"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
+"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
+"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
+"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n"
+"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
+"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
+"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
+"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
+"printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
+"Center and clicking the expert button."
+msgstr ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
+"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n"
+"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ''print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
+"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - '' Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
+"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
+"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
+"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n"
+"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
+"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
+"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
+"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
+"printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
+"Center and clicking the expert button."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
+"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
+"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
+"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
+"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
+"connect.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
+"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
+"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
+"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
+"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
+"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
+"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
+"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
+"''incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
+"connect.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
+"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
+"will never be connected to the internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
+"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
+"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
+"\n"
+"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
+"partition.\n"
+"\n"
+"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
+"select this boot option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
+"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
+"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
+"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
+"The following are some examples:\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"hda=autotune\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
+"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
+"boot situation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
+"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
+"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
+"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
+"You can override the default with this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
+"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
+"native frame buffer support.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
+"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
+"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
+msgstr ""
+"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
+"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
+"\n"
+"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
+"partition.\n"
+"\n"
+"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
+"select this boot option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
+"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Root: the \"root\" device or ''/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
+"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
+"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
+"The following are some examples:\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"hda=autotune\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
+"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
+"boot situation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
+"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
+"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
+"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ''live''.\n"
+"You can override the default with this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
+"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ''novideo'' mode, with\n"
+"native frame buffer support.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
+"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
+"highlighted with a ''*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
+"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
+"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
+"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
+"other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
+"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
+"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
+"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
+"other machines on your local network as well."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
+"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
+"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
+"mouse up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
+"go back to the list of choices.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
+"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
+"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
+"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
+"mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be ''pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
+"go back to the list of choices.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
+"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
+"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
+"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
+"mouse."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
 "preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
 "to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
@@ -83,6 +1170,173 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
+"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
+"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
+"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
+"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
+"changes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
+"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
+"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
+"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
+"operating systems!"
+msgstr ""
+"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
+"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
+"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
+"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
+"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
+"changes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
+"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
+"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
+"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
+"operating systems!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
+"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
+"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
+"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
+"default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
+"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
+"you need it, check this box.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
+"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
+"checking this box.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
+"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
+"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
+"options. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
+"are normally reserved for the expert user."
+msgstr ""
+"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
+"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
+"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
+"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
+"default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
+"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
+"you need it, check this box.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
+"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
+"checking this box.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
+"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
+"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
+"options. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
+"are normally reserved for the expert user."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
 "covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
 "terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
@@ -97,6 +1351,17 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
+"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
+"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
 "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
 "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
@@ -164,6 +1429,19 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
 "ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
 "remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
@@ -233,3 +1511,544 @@ msgstr ""
 "(*) Sarà necessario un dischetto formattato con il filesystem FAT; per\n"
 "crearne uno con GNU/Linux digitate \"mformat a:\""
 
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
+"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
+"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
+"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
+"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
+"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n"
+"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
+"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
+"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
+"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
+"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
+"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n"
+"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
+"address."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
+"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
+"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
+"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
+"!!"
+msgstr ""
+"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
+"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
+"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
+"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
+"!!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
+"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
+"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
+"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
+"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
+"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
+"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
+"chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
+"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
+"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
+"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
+"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
+"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
+"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
+"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
+"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
+"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thaï, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
+"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
+"chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
+"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
+"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
+"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
+"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
+"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
+"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
+"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
+"parameters.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
+"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
+"to hold this information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
+"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
+"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
+"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
+"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
+"at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
+"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
+"Firmware Delay expires."
+msgstr ""
+"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
+"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
+"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
+"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
+"parameters.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
+"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
+"to hold this information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
+"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
+"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
+"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
+"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ''C'' for CD\n"
+"at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ''N'' for\n"
+"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
+"Firmware Delay expires."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
+"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
+"what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
+"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
+"one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
+"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
+"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
+"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
+"what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
+"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
+"one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
+"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
+"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ''hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"''hdb'' for the second, ''sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ''Manuale di riferimento''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"''bootstrap'' partition of at least 1Mb which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50Mb, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
+"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
+"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
+"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
+"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
+"change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
+"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
+"another driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
+"configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
+"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
+"card.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
+"now.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
+"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
+"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
+"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
+"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
+"change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ''Guida\n"
+"introduttiva'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The\n"
+"interface presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
+"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
+"another driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
+"configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
+"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
+"card.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
+"now.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ''Guida introduttiva'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot
index 71deee978..66c60ed54 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot
@@ -5,6 +5,1093 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
+"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
+"driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
+"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
+"driver."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
+"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
+"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
+"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
+"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
+"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
+"default during boot. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n"
+"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n"
+"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
+"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
+"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
+"create such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
+"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
+"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
+"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
+"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
+"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
+"default during boot. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n"
+"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n"
+"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
+"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
+"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
+"create such a floppy."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
+"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
+"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
+"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
+"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
+"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
+"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
+"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n"
+"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
+"choice after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
+"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
+"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
+"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
+"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
+"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
+"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
+"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n"
+"(see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n"
+"or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data,\n"
+"provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition. Backing up\n"
+"your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you\n"
+"want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
+"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n"
+"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
+"choice after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
+"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``õÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁÍÉ ÄÉÓËÁ'' section in the ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ\n"
+"ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ''."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+msgstr ""
+"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
+"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
+"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
+"similar applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
+"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
+"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
+"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
+"``Development'' category installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
+"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
+"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
+"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
+"updating an existing system."
+msgstr ""
+"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
+"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
+"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
+"similar applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
+"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
+"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
+"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
+"``Development'' category installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
+"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
+"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
+"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
+"updating an existing system."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
+"your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
+"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
+"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
+"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
+"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
+"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
+"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
+"your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
+"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
+"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
+"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
+"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
+"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
+"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
+"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
+"\n"
+"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
+"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
+"partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
+"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
+"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
+"it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
+"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
+"\n"
+"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
+"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
+"partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
+"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
+"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
+"it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
+"partitions present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
+"partitions present on this hard drive."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
+"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
+"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
+"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
+"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
+"install updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
+"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
+"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
+"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
+"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
+"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
+"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
+"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
+"install updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
+"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
+"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
+"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
+"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n"
+"suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
+"supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
+"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n"
+"suits you or chose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Qu\x{00e9}bec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow\n"
+"you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
+"supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
+"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
+"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
+"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
+"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will take you to the next step.\n"
+"\n"
+"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
+"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
+"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
+"\n"
+"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
+"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
+"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n"
+"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n"
+"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the list of\n"
+"supported modems at LinModems.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
+"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
+"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
+msgstr ""
+"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
+"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
+"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n"
+"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
+"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will take you to the next step.\n"
+"\n"
+"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
+"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
+"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
+"\n"
+"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
+"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
+"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n"
+"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n"
+"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the the list of\n"
+"supported modems at LinModems.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can consult the ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ'' chapter about\n"
+"Internet connections for details about the configuration, or simply wait\n"
+"until your system is installed and use the program described there to\n"
+"configure your connection."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
+"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
+"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
+"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
+"similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï\n"
+"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The\n"
+"interface presented there is similar to the one used during installation."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
+"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n"
+"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
+"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
+"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
+"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
+"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n"
+"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
+"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
+"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
+"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
+"printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
+"Center and clicking the expert button."
+msgstr ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
+"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n"
+"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
+"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
+"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
+"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
+"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n"
+"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
+"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
+"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
+"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
+"printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
+"Center and clicking the expert button."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
+"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
+"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
+"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
+"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
+"connect.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
+"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
+"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
+"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
+"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
+"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
+"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
+"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
+"connect.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
+"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
+"will never be connected to the internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
+"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
+"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
+"\n"
+"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
+"partition.\n"
+"\n"
+"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
+"select this boot option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
+"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
+"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
+"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
+"The following are some examples:\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"hda=autotune\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
+"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
+"boot situation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
+"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
+"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
+"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
+"You can override the default with this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
+"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
+"native frame buffer support.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
+"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
+"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
+msgstr ""
+"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
+"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
+"\n"
+"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
+"partition.\n"
+"\n"
+"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
+"select this boot option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
+"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
+"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
+"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
+"The following are some examples:\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"hda=autotune\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
+"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
+"boot situation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
+"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
+"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
+"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
+"You can override the default with this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
+"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
+"native frame buffer support.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
+"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
+"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
+"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
+"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
+"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
+"other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
+"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
+"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
+"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
+"other machines on your local network as well."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
+"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
+"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
+"mouse up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
+"go back to the list of choices.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
+"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
+"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
+"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
+"mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
+"go back to the list of choices.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
+"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
+"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
+"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
+"mouse."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
 "preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
 "to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
@@ -82,6 +1169,173 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
+"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
+"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
+"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
+"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
+"changes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
+"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
+"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
+"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
+"operating systems!"
+msgstr ""
+"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
+"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
+"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
+"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
+"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
+"changes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
+"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
+"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
+"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
+"operating systems!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
+"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
+"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
+"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
+"default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
+"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
+"you need it, check this box.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
+"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
+"checking this box.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
+"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
+"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
+"options. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
+"are normally reserved for the expert user."
+msgstr ""
+"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
+"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
+"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
+"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
+"default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
+"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
+"you need it, check this box.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
+"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
+"checking this box.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
+"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
+"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
+"options. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
+"are normally reserved for the expert user."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
 "covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
 "terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
@@ -95,6 +1349,17 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
+"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
+"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
 "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
 "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
@@ -156,3 +1421,623 @@ msgstr ""
 "äÌÑ ÖÅÓÔËÉÈ ÄÉÓËÏ× SCSI, \"a\" ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ \"lowest SCSI ID\", Á \"b\"\n"
 "ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ \"second lowest SCSI ID\", É Ô.Ä."
 
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
+"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
+"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
+"the installation you just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
+"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\")"
+msgstr ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
+"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
+"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
+"the installation you just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
+"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\")"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
+"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
+"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
+"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
+"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
+"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n"
+"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
+"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
+"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
+"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
+"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
+"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n"
+"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
+"address."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
+"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
+"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
+"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
+"!!"
+msgstr ""
+"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
+"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
+"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
+"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
+"!!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
+"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
+"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
+"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
+"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
+"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
+"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
+"chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
+"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
+"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
+"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
+"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
+"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
+"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
+"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
+"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
+"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Tha\x{00ef}, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
+"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
+"chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
+"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
+"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
+"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
+"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
+"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
+"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
+"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
+"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
+"parameters.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
+"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
+"to hold this information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
+"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
+"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
+"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
+"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
+"at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
+"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
+"Firmware Delay expires."
+msgstr ""
+"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
+"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
+"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
+"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
+"parameters.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
+"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
+"to hold this information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
+"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
+"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
+"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
+"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
+"at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
+"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
+"Firmware Delay expires."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
+"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
+"what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
+"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
+"one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
+"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
+"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
+"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
+"what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
+"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
+"one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
+"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
+"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``óÐÒÁ×ÏÞÎÏÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
+"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
+"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
+"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
+"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
+"change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
+"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
+"another driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
+"configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
+"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
+"card.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
+"now.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
+"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
+"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
+"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
+"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
+"change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ\n"
+"ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ'' for more information on how to setup a new\n"
+"printer. The interface presented there is similar to the one used during\n"
+"installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
+"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
+"another driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
+"configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
+"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
+"card.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
+"now.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ'' for\n"
+"details about firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+